|
||
PROMETHEUS RISING |
||
|
||
OTHER TITLES FROM NEW FALCON PUBLICATIONS
Undoing Yourself With Energized
Meditation
Secrets of Western Tantra Christopher S. Hyatt,
Ph.D.
The Enochian World of Aleister Crowley Aleister Crowley, L.M. DuQuette,
and C.S. Hyatt
Pacts With The Devil Urban Voodoo S. Jason Black & Christopher.
S. Hyatt, Ph.D.
Eight Lectures on Yoga The Heart of the Master Aleister Crowley
Game of Life The Intelligence Agents Timothy Leary, Ph.D.
Zen Without Zen Masters Camden Benares
The Complete Golden Dawn System
of Magic
What You Should Know About the Golden Dawn Israel Regardie
Metaskills: The Spiritual Art of Therapy Amy Mindell, Ph.D.
Astrology & Consciousness Rio Olesky
Breaking the Illusion: Tools for Self-Awakening Ric Weinman
Conversations With My Dark Side Shanti Ananda
Soul Magic: Understanding Your Journey Katherine Torres, Ph.D.
The Alchemy of Opposites Rodolfo Scarfalloto
A Soul's Journey: Whispers From the Light Patricia Idol
The Eyes of the Sun: Astrology in Light of Psychology Peter Malsin
And to get your free catalog of all of our titles,
write to:
NEW FALCON PUBLICATIONS (Catalog
Dept.)
1739 East Broadway Road, Suite 1-277 Tempe, Arizona 85282
U.S.A. And visit our website at http://www.newfalcon.com |
||
|
||
PROMETHEUS
RISING |
||
Robert Anton Wilson |
||
Introduced by Israel Regardie |
||
|
||
NEW FALCON PUBLICATIONS TEMPE, ARIZONA U.S.A. |
||
COPYRIGHT © 1983 ROBERT ANTON WILSON
All rights reserved. No part of
this book, in part or in whole, may be reproduced, transmitted, or
utilized, in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including
photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval
system, without permission in writing from the publisher, except for brief
quotations in critical articles, books and reviews.
International Standard Book Number:
1-56184-056-4 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 83-81665 |
||
First Edition 1983
Second Printing 1984 Third Printing 1986
Fourth Printing 1987 Fifth Printing
1989
Sixth Printing 1990
Seventh Printing 1992 Eighth Printing 1994 Ninth Printing
1997
Second Revised Edition (Tenth
Printing) 1997
Eleventh Printing 1999 Twelfth Printing 2000 |
||
Cover by Stan Slaughter |
||
The paper used in this publication
meets the minimum requirements of
the American National Standard for
Permanence of Paper for Printed
Library Materials
Z39.48-1984 |
||
Address all inquiries to:
NEW FALCON PUBLICATIONS
1739 East Broadway Road Suite 1-277
Tempe, Arizona 85282
U.S.A.
(or)
320 East Charleston Blvd. • Suite
204-286
Las Vegas, NV 89104 U.S.A.
email: info@newfalcon.com
website: http://www.newfalcon.com/ |
||
|
||
DEDICATED |
||
To
Timothy Leary
&
William S.
Burroughs
dove sta
memora |
||
|
||
|
||
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS |
||
The eight-circuit model of
consciousness in this book and much of its future-vision derive from the
writings of Dr. Timothy Leary, whose letters and conversations have also
influenced many other ideas herein. I also owe great debts to Dr. O.R.
Bontrager, for introducing me to semantics and communication sciences
generally; to R. Buckminister Fuller, for general sociological
technological perspectives on current problems; and to all of the
following: Barbara Hubbard, Alan Harrington, P.M. Esfandiary, Dr. Paul
Watzlavik, Dr. Eric Berne, Dr. Paul Segall, Dr. Israel Regardie, Alvin
Toffler, Phil Laut, Dr. Sigmund Freud, Dr. Carl Jung, Alan Watts, Alfred
Korzybski, and Aleister Crowley. The members of the Physics/Consciousness
Research Group (Dr. Jack Sarfatti, Dr. Nick Herbert and Saul Paul Sirag)
have contributed more than is indicated by my few brief references to
quantum theory in these pages; they clarified my whole comprehension of
epistemology.
None of these persons are
responsible for my mistakes
or over-statements. |
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
CONTENTS |
||
Preface to the Second Edition
11
Introduction 17 1. The Thinker & The Prover
23
2. Hardware & Software: The
Brain & Its Programs 33
3. The Oral Bio-Survival Circuit
45
4. The Anal Emotional Territorial
Circuit 61
5. Dickens & Joyce: The
Two-Circuit Dialectic 85
6. The Time-Binding Semantic
Circuit 93
7. The Time-Binding Dialectic:
Acceleration & Deceleration 105
8 The "Moral" Socio-Sexual
Circuit 121
9. Mindwashing & Brain
Programming 149
10. How To Brain-Wash Friends
& Robotize People 161
11. The Holistic Neurosomatic
Circuit 177
12. The Collective Neurogenetic
Circuit 195
13. Introduction to the
Metaprogramming Circuit 207
14. The Meta-Programming Circuit
217
15. Different Models &
Different Muddles 227
16. The Snafu Principle
239
17. Quantum Evolution
253
18. The Non-Local Quantum Circuit
265
19. Prometheus Rising
271 Appendix 283 |
||
|
||
|
||
PREFACE
TO THE SECOND EDITION |
||
Screw the government!
— Legends of the
Fall
Screw the middle
class!
— Evita
Like most of my books, this text
emerged only partly from my conscious design and partly from suspicious
accidents. It actually began as a Ph.D. dissertation called "The Evolution
of Neuro-Sociological Circuits: A Contribution to the Sociobiology of
Consciousness," which I wrote in 1978-79 for an alternative university
called Paideia. At that time, Paideia ranked as State Approved, the
highest rating given to alternative universities in California, where we
have alternatives to everything and the state feels required to classify
the alternatives on a scale of "experimental" to totally bonkers. Alas,
Paideia, having achieved relative respectability as an "alternative,"
later joined with a much more radical and Utopian outfit, Hawthorn
University, and lost its top rank among counter-culture educational
contraptions in California, falling from Approved to Authorized, a much
lower rating. The whole megilla then joined into several flakey outfits
loosely allied, none of which were recognized at all by the state, which
suited the new honchos perfectly, since they did not recognize the state
either.
In Ireland in 1982, stuck with a
dissertation which I liked a lot and a Ph.D. diploma which, due to the
collapse of Paideia, looked less impressive, I decided to rewrite the
manuscript in more commercial form. The first change consisted of removing
all the footnotes (about two of them per sentence) which gave the original
a truly academic stink but would annoy the average
77 |
||
12 Prometheus Rising
reader. Then I expressed myself a
little more bluntly (and perhaps snidely) in many places, adding much to
the humor and nothing to the good taste. I also wrote a few more chapters,
created all the exercizes, and sketched out diagrams for the
illustrations.
I then, with craft and cunning,
removed most of the references to Dr. Timothy Leary from the early parts
of the book and only let his name begin to appear frequently after about
the middle. I had good reason, based on experience, to feel rather
strongly that, just as Dr. Tim was blacklisted by Establishment publishers
at that time, any book openly and blatantly based largely on his ideas
would also get thrown in the junk heap.
I thought I now had a "popular"
book, and maybe I almost did. The first publisher to whom I submitted it,
Jeremy Tarcher, held it for a full year of meditation before rejecting it;
his only explanation for the rejection concerned the mixture of
technolo-gese and "counter culture" slang that has since become my most
frequent style in nonfiction. (It's based on the way I actually speak.)
When I tried Falcon next, they accepted it within 48 hours, and I received
the advance check within the next 48 hours. "Oh frabjous
day!"
A month later, I heard from Tarcher
again: he had changed his mind and decided he wanted the book after all. I
was in one of my periods of acute poverty then (something that happens
periodically to all freelance writers) and it was with great effort that I
refrained from telling Mr. Tarcher to go fuck himself. I just told him I
had a contract with another publisher.
With Falcon as publisher, I then
inserted the acknowledgments page, giving Leary the credit he deserved
right up front, and added a dedication to him. Falcon, as I expected, did
not object. Falcon has always served as an alternative to Establishment
publishing, just as Paideia once served as a similar alternative to the
academic Establishment.
Prometheus was one of
Falcon's first books and, I think, the first done with computerized
typesetting; as usual with such pioneering efforts, it emerged with a
phalanx of typos that have embarrassed me considerably over the years.
(When the San Francisco Chronicle first computerized they had
similar problems. I remember one story in which the Chief of
Police, |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 13
denouncing drugs, rambled off into
a sentence about the thrill of meeting Mickey Mouse and Goofy. I assume
that line came from another story but it made the Chief sound as if he had
gotten into some weird chemicals himself.) In this edition, I have
corrected these errors, where I could find them; I know too much now to
think I found all of them. (Wilson's Tenth Law: no matter how many times a
writer proofs a book, hostile critics will always find at least one error
that he missed.)
I have also updated every place
where I thought updating seemed necessary. I even added a few new ideas
(which, of course, seem brilliant to me just because they are new) and
some new jokes and generally gave the text a badly-needed face-lift. It is
still one of my favorite books, and seems to rank high in the estimation
of most of my fans.
In Germany-Switzerland-Austria in
the late 1980s, three German versions existed simultaneously—a deluxe
edition from Sphinx Verlag of Zurich, a mass-market paperback from Rowalt
Verlag of Hamburg, and an even cheaper pirate edition from the busy
troglodytes of the unterwelt. The last, of course, paid no
royalties but, by indicating that I had three audiences at three economic
levels, persuaded me feel like a very popular writer in
Mitteleuropa.
As I contemplate this tenth
printing of a "far out" or "freaked out" book that began its career back
in 1978, I feel only mildly embarrassed by the predictions that proved
over-optimistic. (I have revised them, of course, in keeping with my
current knowledge and best guesses). I feel much more astonished, and
pleased, that many of the predictions now seem much less shocking than
when I first published them. Indeed, the wildest and most "Utopian"
future-scans in here are precisely the ones that have had the greatest
scientific support in the 1990s. To see two decades ahead, even in a few
areas, counts as some sort of success in the Futurism game. And every
bulletin from the embattled MIR space station reminds me that if my space
forecasts projected "too much too soon," part of what I expected does in
fact already exist and the rest is obviously evolving.
I feel more chagrined about my
lyrical evocation of Intelligence Intensification. In the 1970s, I simply
did not recognize the extent to which the 1960s "youth revolution" had
terrified |
||
14 Prometheus Rising
our ruling Elite, or that they
would try to prevent future upsurges of radical Utopianism by deliberately
"dumbing down" the educational system. What they have produced, the
so-called Generation X, must rank as not only the most ignorant but also
the most paranoid and depressive kids ever to infest our Republic. I agree
with outlaw radio star Travis Hipp that the paranoia and depression result
inevitably from the ignorance. These kids not only don't know anything;
they don't even want to know.1 They only realize, vaguely, that
somebody has screwed them out of something, but they don't have enough
zest or bile to try to find out who screwed them and what they were
screwed out of.
Fortunately, this Age of Stupidity
cannot last very long. Already, most people know that if you want a good
TV or VCR, you buy Japanese; for a good car, Japanese or German, etc.
Eventually, in order to compete, the Elite will have to allow a bit more
education for American youth, before we sink fully to the level of a Third
World nation.
The other day I saw a film called
The Edge, which I regarded as the best thing to come out of
Hollywood since The Silence of the Lambs. Perhaps not
coincidentally, this flic also starred Anthony Hopkins. In one scene,
Hopkins and his co-star, Alec Baldwin, seem in an absolutely hopeless
situation, lost in the Arctic, stalked by a hungry bear, without weapons,
seemingly doomed. Baldwin collapses, and Hopkins has a magnificent
monologue, talking Baldwin out of his despair. The speech runs, roughly,
like this: "Did you know you can make fire out of ice? You can, you know.
Fire out of ice. Think about it. Fire out of ice. Think.
Think."
This riddle has both a pragmatic
and symbolic (alchemical) answer. The pragmatic answer you can find in the
film, explicitly; and it might prove useful if you ever get lost in the
north woods; and the alchemical, or Zen Buddhist, answer is also in the
film, implicitly, and only perceptible to those who
understand |
||
One of the spokespersons for Gen X,
named Shann Nix, has a talk show on KGO, one of the most powerful radio
signals on the West Coast. On one show, she announced that the Vatican is
not a State. On another, she proclaimed that Jury Nullification was a
recent invention by the far right. Etc. |
||
Prometheus Rising /5
the dense character Hopkins plays
in the story. It might prove
useful whenever despair seems to overwhelm you. So, to those who at the end of this
book still can't understand
or sympathize with my Nietzschean yea-saying, I quote again: "Fire out of ice. Think. Think."
Who was that Prometheus guy and why
did he give us fire in
the first place? Robert Anton Wilson On the Internet at http://www.rawilson.com/ |
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
INTRODUCTION By Israel Regardie |
||
The ability to create a synthesis
of diverse points of view, scientific and social and philosophical, is a
rare gift. Not many are there who dare even to attempt such a
task.
Imagine anyone trying to make sense
of an amalgam of Timothy Leary's eight neurological circuits, Gurdjieff s
self-observation exercises, Korzybski's general semantics, Aleister
Crowley's magical theorems, the several disciplines of Yoga, Christian
Science, relativity and modern quantum mechanics, and many other
approaches to understanding the world around us! A man is required with an
almost encyclopedic education, an incredibly flexible mind, insights as
sharp as those whom he is trying synthesize and mirabile dictu, a
wonderful sense of humor.
For several years—ever since I
first became familiar with the writings of Robert Anton Wilson—I have been
struck with his ever-present sense of bubbling humor and the wide scope of
his intellectual interests. Once I was even so presumptuous as to warn him
in a letter that his humor was much too good to waste on hoi polloi who
generally speaking would not understand it and might even resent it.
However this effervescent lightness of heart became even more apparent in
Cosmic Trigger and more latterly in the trilogy of Schrodinger's
Cat. I have sometimes wondered whether his extraordinarily wide range
of intellectual roving is too extensive and therefore perplexing to the
average reader. Be that as it may, the humor and synthesis are even more
marked in this brilliant ambitious piece of writing, Prometheus
Rising. |
||
l8 Prometheus Rising
Even if your reading has already
made you familiar with some of the concepts employed by Wilson in this
book, nonetheless his elucidation even of the simplest, the most basic, is
illuminating. At this moment, I am referring to the "imprint" theory which
he makes considerable use of. Much of the same is true of his references
to and explanation of Leary's eight neurological circuits. We become
familiar with them all over again, as if they had not been introduced to
us before.
Moreover I love the subtle and
almost invisible use of mystical dogma that permeates all his writings.
For example, consider the opening of Chapter Six. It quotes a particularly
meaningful sentence from William S. Burroughs. There is no mention—nor
need there be—of any anterior teaching regarding this Law of Three, as it
may be called. But one doctrine that emanated from a medieval mystical
school philosophizes that there are always two contending forces—for the
sake of convenience labeled Severity and Mildness—with a third that always
reconciles them. It is paramount to this doctrine, which has been stated
and stated again in a dozen or more different ways throughout the
centuries, culminating finally in the idea enunciated by Burroughs and of
course used by Wilson.
There are dozens of similar seeds
of wisdom sown throughout Prometheus Rising that are bound to have
a seminal effect wherever and whenever the book is read. This is one of
the many virtues of Wilson's book; it will leave its mark on all those who
read it—and those seeds will surely take root and bloom in the most
unlikely minds—as well as in the more prosaic. Tarot advocates will find
the most unusual and illuminating interpretations of some of their
favorite cards when he falls back on the basic neural circuits. I found
them all illuminating as providing a new viewpoint which had to be
integrated into my general view of such matters.
The only area where I was
reluctantly inclined to be at odds with Wilson was in what I considered to
be his addiction to a Utopia—which he eloquently enough expresses as "the
birth pangs of a cosmic Prometheus rising out of the long nightmare of
domesticated primate history." The history of mankind is also the history
of one Utopia after another, being enunciated with enthusiasm and vigor,
calling upon all the facts of faith and |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 19
science (as they existed at that
moment in space-time) to corroborate the fantasy. A decade or maybe a
century elapse—and the fantasy is no more. The Utopia has gone down the
drain to join all the other Utopias of earlier primates. However, I
sincerely hope that Wilson is right in this case.
Now I am not unmindful of the fact
that the Utopia of which Wilson speaks, echoing many of the best
scientific and philosophic minds of our day, is a distinct possibility at
some time, but that it could occur within the next decade seems
rather improbable to me. It seems improbable of course only in terms of
the current state of world enlightenment, or lack of it, and because it
implies a "miracle" occurring in vast numbers of living primates
simultaneously—whatever semantic theories are involved in the meaning of
the word "simultaneously."
Anyway, this is a minor point
considering the seminal brilliance of the greater part of this
enlightening book.
In a previously written book,
Wilson wrote that
[in] 1964, Dr. John S. Bell
published a demonstration that still has the physicists reeling. What Bell
seemed to prove was that quantum effects are 'non-local' in Bohm's sense;
that is, they are not just here or there, but both. What this apparently
means is that space and time are only real to our mammalian sense organs;
they are not really real.
This writing reminds me so much of
the Hindu concept of Indra's Net. The latter is sometimes described as
being a great net extending throughout the whole universe, vertically to
represent time, horizontally to represent space. At each point where the
threads of this Indra's net cross one another is a diamond or a crystal
bead, the symbol of a single existence. Each crystal bead reflects on its
shining surface not only every other bead in the whole net of Indra but
every single reflection of every reflection of every other bead upon each
individual bead—countless, endless reflections of one another. We could
also liken it to a single candle being placed in the centre of a large
hall. Around this hall tens of mirrors are arranged in such a manner that,
when the candle was lit, one saw not only its reflection in each
individual mirror, but also the reflections of the reflections in every
other mirror repeated ad infinitum. |
||
|
||
2O Prometheus Rising
One of the several virtues of
Prometheus Rising is that Wilson using Leary's neurological
circuits believes that a new philosophical paradigm is about due. In
reality, this is really Wilson's answer to my proposed criticism of his
Utopian fantasy. It may not be within a decade that we shall realize
whether it is true or false. But that is not important. What is clear is
that thanks to the insights of many modern thinkers, major new
intellectual findings do not come solely from the slow drip and grind of
tiny new discoveries, or from new theories simply being added to our
present armamentarium of time-honoured truisms. Rather, quantum leaps, in
outlook ala Teilhard de Chardin, occur with a fantastic jump to a
new horizon or level of perception. This insight usually comes from a
revolutionary overview which realigns or transforms former thinking
into a new and more enlightening frame of reference.
This dovetails with his equally
fascinating thesis that everything alive is really alive in the
fullest and most dynamic sense of the word. It twitches, searches, throbs,
organizes and seems aware of an upward movement. Twitches seems almost the
right word, recalling to mind the myoclonisms of Wilhelm Reich's
vegetotherapy which, at sometime, are infinitely disturbing to the patient
on the couch who, because of them, feels he is falling apart, being
shattered into a thousand pieces. He isn't really. It is as though the
organism were gathering itself together for an upward or forward leap into
the unknown, to a higher order of looking at things.
The transition to a higher order of
functioning—or hooking on to a higher neural circuit—is often accompanied
by considerable anxiety or a turbulence in personal life which seems as if
the organism were falling apart or breaking up. This phenomenon of
instability is really the way that every living organism—societies, human
primates, chemical solutions, etc.—shakes itself, as it were, by
myoclonisms or similar convulsions into new combinations and permutations
for higher and new levels of development. So perhaps the space-time Utopia
of a new area of primate exploration has some validity after all, as
indicating that the more vigorous the disturbance or myoclonism the
greater the quantum jump into a higher neurological circuit. This is
one |
||
Prometheus Rising 21
reason why I firmly believe that
the transition to the next spiral will not be smooth nor without much
suffering and chaos.
All of which suggests, with Wilson
and Leary, that the brain is considerably more sophisticated than any of
us previously had imagined. It is quite possible that it operates in
dimensions so beyond the lower neural circuitry that it occasionally
"throws us a bone" every day so that we can continue to function in the
make-believe world of everyday status quo. In the meantime, it is a
multidimensional structure at ease in far more than the narrow primate
world we have been programmed to live in. It may interpret waves and
frequencies from other dimensions, realms of "light," of meaningful
unrestricted patterned reality— that are here and now—and which transcend
our present myopic tunnel realities of our rigid perceptions and
conceptualizations of space and time.
If so, then the title of this book
Prometheus Rising is representative of more than a catchy title to
a profound fascinating book. It becomes a title, instead, to the very
attempt which we are now making to reach beyond ourselves with a quantum
leap into a new world which has been envisaged only by a very few. Wilson
is one of this group who are preparing themselves and if we allow them,
the rest of us, to take our place in the New Aeon.
I will close with a quote from
Wilson,
We are all giants, raised by
pygmies, who have learned to walk with a perpetual mental crouch.
Unleashing our full stature—our total brain power—is what this book is all
about.
Israel Regardie
Phoenix Arizona
July 1983 |
||
|
||
|
||
WARNING |
||
|
||
Wilson describes himself as a
'guerrilla ontologist,' signifying his intent to attack language and
knowledge the way terrorists attack their targets: to jump out from the
shadows for an unprovoked attack, then slink back and hide behind a hearty
belly laugh.
— Robert Sheaffer, The Skeptical
Inquirer |
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER ONE
THE THINKER & THE PROVER |
||
All that we are is the result of
all that we have thought. It is
founded on thought. It is based on thought. — Buddha, The Dhammapada |
||
![]() |
||
|
||
|
|||
William James, father of American
psychology, tells of meeting an old lady who told him the Earth rested on
the back of a huge turtle.
"But, my dear lady," Professor
James asked, as politely as possible, "what holds up the
turtle?"
"Ah," she said, "that's easy. He is
standing on the back of another turtle."
"Oh, I see," said Professor James,
still being polite. "But would you be so good as to tell me what holds up
the second turtle?"
"It's no use, Professor," said the
old lady, realizing he was trying to lead her into a logical trap. "It's
turtles-turtles-turtles, all the way!"
Don't be too quick to laugh at this
little old lady. All human minds work on fundamentally similar principles.
Her universe was a little bit weirder than most but it was built up on the
same mental principles as every other universe people have believed
in.
As Dr. Leonard Orr has noted, the
human mind behaves as if it were divided into two parts, the Thinker and
the Prover.
The Thinker can think about
virtually anything. History shows that it can think the earth is suspended
on the backs of infinite turtles or that the Earth is hollow, or that the
Earth is floating in space4,1 comparative
religion and philosophy show that the Thinker can regard itself as mortal,
as immortal, as both mortal and immortal (the reincarnation model) or even
as nonexistent (Buddhism). It can think itself into living in a Christian
universe, a Marxist universe, a scientific-relativistic universe, or a
Nazi universe—among many possibilities.
As psychiatrists and psychologists
have often observed (much to the chagrin of their medical colleagues), the
Thinker can think itself sick, and can even think itself well
again.
The Prover is a much simpler
mechanism. It operates on one law only: Whatever the Thinker thinks, the
Prover proves.
To cite a notorious example which
unleashed incredible horrors earlier in this century, if the Thinker
thinks that all Jews are rich, the Prover will prove it. It will find
evidence that the |
|||
|
|||
1 |
Millions of people believe that (including the present
author).
25 |
||
|
|||
2(5 Prometheus Rising
poorest Jew in the most run-down
ghetto has hidden money somewhere. Similarly, Feminists are able to
believe that all men, including the starving wretches who live and sleep
on the streets, are exploiting all women, including the Queen of
England.
If the Thinker thinks that the sun
moves around the earth, the Prover will obligingly organize all
perceptions to fit that thought; if the Thinker changes its mind and
decides the earth moves around the sun, the Prover will reorganize the
evidence.
If the Thinker thinks "holy water"
from Lourdes will cure its lumbago, the Prover will skillfully orchestrate
all signals from the glands, muscles, organs etc. until they have
organized themselves into good health again
Of course, it is fairly easy to see
that other people's minds operate this way; it is comparatively much
harder to become aware that one's own mind is working that way
also.
It is believed, for instance, that
some men are more "objective" than others. (One seldom hears this about
women...) Businessmen are allegedly hard-nosed, pragmatic and "objective"
in this sense. A brief examination of the dingbat politics most
businessmen endorse will quickly correct that impression.
Scientists, however, are still
believed to be objective. No study of the lives of the great scientists
will confirm this. They were as passionate, and hence as
prejudiced, as any assembly of great painters or great musicians. It was
not just the Church but also the established astronomers of the time who
condemned Galileo. The majority of physicists rejected Einstein's Special
Relativity Theory in 1905. Einstein himself would not accept anything in
quantum theory after 1920 no matter how many experiments supported it.
Edison's commitment to direct current (DC) electrical generators led him
to insist alternating current (AC) generators were unsafe for years after
their safety had been proven to everyone else.' |
||
Edison's pigheadedness on this
matter was partly the result of his jealousy against Nikola Tesla,
inventor of AC generators. Tesla, on the other hand, refused the Nobel
Prize when it was offered to him and Edison jointly because he
refused to appear on the same platform with Edison. Both of these geniuses
were only capable of "objectivity" and science in certain limited
laboratory conditions. If you |
||
|
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
27 |
||
|
|||
Science achieves, or approximates,
objectivity not because the individual scientist is immune from the
psychological laws that govern the rest of us, but because scientific
method—a group creation—eventually overrides individual prejudices, in the
long run.
To take a notorious example from
the 1960s, there was a point when three research groups had "proven" that
LSD causes chromosome damage, while three other groups had "proven" that
LSD has no effect on the chromosomes. In each case, the Prover had proved
what the Thinker thought. Right now, there are, in physics, 7 experiments
that confirm a very controversial concept known as Bell's Theorem, and two
experiments that refute Bell's Theorem. In the area of extra-sensory
perception, the results are uniform after more than a century: everybody
who sets out to prove that ESP exists succeeds, and everybody who sets out
to prove that ESP does not exist also succeeds.
"Truth" or relative truth emerges
only after decades of experiments by thousands of groups all over the
world. |
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
think you have a higher
"objectivity quotient" than either of them, why haven't you been nominated for a Nobel prize? |
|||
|
|||
|
||
28 Prometheus Rising
In the long run, we are
hopefully approximating closer and
closer to "objective Truth" over the centuries. In the short run, Orr's law always holds: Whatever the Thinker thinks, the Prover will prove.' And if the Thinker thinks passionately enough, the Prover will prove the thought so conclusively that you will never talk a person out of such a belief, even if it is something as remarkable as the notion that there is a gaseous vertebrate of astronomical heft ("GOD") who will spend all eternity torturing people who do not believe in his religion. EXERCIZES
Sad as it is to say, you never
understand anything by merely reading a book about it. That's why every
science course includes laboratory experiments, and why every
consciousness-liberation movement demands practice of yogas, meditations,
confrontation techniques, etc. in which the ideas are tested in the
laboratory of your own nervous system.
The reader will absolutely not
understand this book unless he or she does the exercizes given at the
end of each chapter.
To explore the Thinker and the
Prover, try the following:
1. Visualize a quarter vividly, and
imagine vividly that you are going to find the quarter on the
street. Then, look for the quarter every time you take a walk, meanwhile
continuing to visualize it. See how long it takes you to find the
quarter.
2. Explain the above experiment by
the hypothesis of "selective attention"—that is, believe there are
lots of lost quarters everywhere and you were bound to find one by
continually looking. Go looking for a second quarter.
3. Explain the experiment by the
alternative "mystical" hypothesis that "mind controls everything."
Believe that you made the quarter manifest in this universe. Go
looking for a second quarter. |
||
If the reader is a scientist, be
not alarmed. This refers not to you but only to those benighted fools in
the opposite camp who refuse to recognize that your theory is the only
reasonable one. Of course. |
||
Prometheus Rising 29
4. Compare the time it takes to
find the second quarter using the first hypothesis (attention) with the
time it takes using the second hypothesis
(mind-over-matter).
5. With your own ingenuity, invent
similar experiments and each time compare the two theories—"selective
attention" (coincidence) vs. "mind controls everything"
(psychokinesis).
6. Avoid coming to any strong
conclusions prematurely. At the end of a month, re-read this chapter,
think it over again, and still postpone coming to any dogmatic conclusion.
Believe it possible that you do not know everything yet, and that you
might have something still to learn.
7. Convince yourself1
(if you are not already convinced) that you are ugly, unattractive and
dull. Go to a party in that frame of mind. Observe how people treat
you.
8. Convince yourself (if you are
not already convinced) that you are handsome, irresistible and witty. Go
to a party in that frame of mind. Observe how people treat
you.
9. This is the hardest of all
exercizes and comes in two parts. First, observe closely and
dispassionately two dear friends and two relative strangers. Try to figure
out what their Thinkers think, and how their Provers methodically set
about proving it. Second, apply the same exercize to
yourself.
If you think you have learned the
lessons of these exercizes in less than six months, you haven't really
been working at them. With real work, in six months you should be just
beginning to realize how little you know about
everything.
10. Believe it possible that you
can float off the ground and fly by merely willing it. See what
happens.
If this exercize proves as
disappointing to you as it has to me, try number 11 below, which is
never disappointing.
11. Believe that you can exceed all
your previous ambitions and hopes in all areas of your
life. |
||
"Believe" or "convince yourself
mean to do what an actor does: pretend until the pretense begins to feel
real. Or, as Jazz musicians say: "Fake it until you make
it." |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
![]() |
||
ALL MODELS ARE SUBJECT TO REVISION
AS THIS BOOK GOES ALONG. THEY ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO REVISION AFTER THE BOOK
IS FINISHED — BY THE AUTHOR OR BY THE READER |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
![]() |
||
Tentative Model #1: The perceived
universe is a mixture of the "real universe" and our own "Thinker"—proving its pet beliefs. |
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER TWO
HARDWARE
& SOFTWARE: THE BRAIN & ITS PROGRAMS |
||
We, as a species, exist in a world
in which exist a myriad of data points.1 Upon these matrices of
points we superimpose a structure2 and the world makes sense to
us. The pattern of the structure originates within our biological and
sociological properties.3
— Persinger and
Lafreniere, Space-Time Transients and Unusual Events |
||
|
||
' In our terminology, these data points are events or
actions, i.e. verbs,
not nouns.
^ In our terminology, models or
maps, static things; nouns not verbs.
3 In our terminology, brain hardware and software. 33 |
||
|
||
|
||
We will, throughout this book,
consider the human brain a kind of bio-computer—an electro-colloidal
computer, as distinct from the electronic or solid-state computers which
exist outside our heads.
Please note carefully and long
remember that we have not said that the human brain is a computer. The
Aristotelian idea that to understand something you must know what it is
has been abandoned in one science after another, for the pragmatic
reason that the simple word "is" introduces so many metaphysical
assumptions that we can argue forever about them. In the most advanced
sciences, such as mathematical physics, nobody talks about what anything
is anymore. They talk about what model (or map) can best be used to
understand whatever we are investigating.
In general, this scientific habit
of avoiding "is" can be profitably extended to all areas of thought. Thus,
when you read anywhere that A is B, it will clarify matters if you
translate this as "A can be considered as, or modeled by,
B."
When we say A is B, we are
saying that A is only what it appears within our field of study or
our area of specialization. This is saying too much. When we say A can
be considered as B, or modeled by B, we are saying exactly as
much as we have a right to say, and no more.
We therefore say that the brain can
be considered as a computer; but we do not say it is a
computer.
The brain appears to be made up of
matter in electro-colloidal suspension (protoplasm).
Colloids are pulled together,
toward a condition of gel, by their surface tensions. This is
because surface tensions pull all glue-like substances
together.
Colloids are also, conversely,
pushed apart, toward a condition of sol, by their electrical
charges. This is because their electrical charges are similar, and similar
electrical charges always repel each other.
In the equilibrium between gel
and sol, the colloidal suspension maintains its continuity and
life continues. Move the suspension too far toward gel, or too far toward
sol, and life ends.
Any chemical that gets into the
brain, changes the gel-sol balance, and "consciousness" is accordingly
influenced. Thus, potatoes are, like LSD, "psychedelic"—in a milder way.
The
35 |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
changes in consciousness when one
moves from a vegetarian diet
to an omnivorous diet, or vice versa, are also "psychedelic." Since "What the Thinker thinks, the
Prover proves," all of our ideas are psychedelic. Even without
experimenting with diet or drugs, whatever you think you should see, you
will see—unless it is physically impossible in this
universe. |
||
|
||
![]() |
||
All experience is a muddle,
until we make a model to explain it. The model can clarify the muddles,
but the model is never the muddle itself. "The map is not the territory";
the menu does not taste like the meal. |
||
Prometheus Rising 37
Every computer consists of two
aspects, known as hardware and software. (Software here includes
information).
The hardware in a solid-state
computer is concrete and localized, consisting of central processing unit,
display, keyboard, external disk drive, CD-ROM, floppies, etc.—all the
parts you can drag into Radio Shack for repair if the computer is
malfunctioning.
The software consists of programs
that can exist in many forms, including the totally abstract. A program
can be "in" the computer in the sense that it is recorded in the CPU or on
a disk which is hitched up to the computer. A program can also exist on a
piece of paper, if I invented it myself, or in a manual, if it is a
standard program; in these cases, it is not "in" the computer but can be
put "in" at any time. But a program can be even more tenuous than that; it
can exist only in my head, if I have never written it down, or if I have
used it once and erased it.
The hardware is more "real" than
the software in that you can always locate it in space-time—if it's not in
the bedroom, somebody must have moved it to the study, etc. On the other
hand, the software is more "real" in the sense that you can smash the
hardware back to dust ("kill" the computer) and the software still exists,
and can "materialize" or "manifest" again in a different
computer.
(Any speculations about
reincarnation at this point are the responsibility of the reader, not of
the author.)
|
||
![]() |
||
In speaking of the human brain as
an electro-colloidal biocomputer, we all know where the hardware is: it is
inside the human skull. The software, however, seems to be anywhere
and |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
everywhere. For instance, the
software "in" my brain also exists outside my brain in such forms as, say,
a book I read twenty years ago, which was an English translation of
various signals transmitted by Plato 2400 years ago. Other parts of my
software are made up of the software of Confucius, James Joyce, my
second-grade teacher, the Three Stooges, Beethoven, my mother and father,
Richard Nixon, my various dogs and cats, Dr. Carl Sagan, and anybody and
(to some extent) any-thing that has ever impacted upon my brain.
This may sound strange, but that's the way software (or information)
functions.
Of course, if consciousness
consisted of nothing but this undifferentiated tapioca of timeless,
spaceless software, we would have no individuality, no center, no
Self.
We want to know, then, how out of
this universal software ocean a specific person emerges.
What the Thinker thinks, the
Prover proves.
Because the human brain, like
other animal brains, acts as an electro-colloidal computer, not a
solid-state computer, it follows the same laws as other animal brains.
That is, the programs get into the brain, as electro-chemical bonds, in
discrete quantum stages.
Each set of programs consists of
four basic parts:
1 . Genetic Imperatives.
Totally hard-wired programs or "instincts."
2. Imprints. These are
more-or-less hard wired programs which the brain is genetically designed
to accept only at certain points in its development. These points
are known, in ethology, as times of imprint
vulnerability.
3. Conditioning. These are
programs built onto the imprints. They are looser and fairly easy to
change with counter-conditioning.
4. Learning. This is even
looser and "softer" than conditioning.
In general, the primordial
imprint can always over-rule any subsequent conditioning or
learning. An imprint is a species of software that has become built-in
hardware, being impressed on the tender neurons when they are peculiarly
open and vulnerable.
Imprints (software frozen into
hardware) are the non-negotiable aspects of our individuality. Out of the
infinity of possible |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
39 |
||
|
|||
programs existing as potential
software, the imprint establishes the limits, parameters, perimeters
within which all subsequent conditioning and learning
occurs.
YOUR HARDWARE IS
LOCALIZED:
BRAIN CELLS RIGHT HERE, RIGHT NOW. |
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
YOUR SOFTWARE IS
NON-LOCAL:
POINT-EVENTS EVERYWHERE, EVERYWHEN. Before the first imprint, the
consciousness of the infant is "formless and void"—like the universe at
the beginning of Genesis, or the descriptions of unconditioned
("enlightened" i.e., exploded) consciousness in the mystic traditions. As
soon as the first imprint is made, structure emerges out of the creative
void. The growing mind, alas, becomes trapped within this structure. It
identifies with the structure; in a sense, it becomes the
structure.
This entire process is analyzed in
G. Spencer Brown's Laws of Form; and Brown was writing about the
foundations of mathematics and logic. But every sensitive reader knows
that Brown is also talking about a process we have all passed through in
creating, out of an infinite ocean of signals, those particular constructs
we call "myself and "my world." Not
surprisingly, |
|||
|
|||
4O Prometheus Rising
many acid-heads have said that
Brown's math is the best descrip-
tion ever written of an LSD trip. Each successive imprint complicates
the software which programs our experience and which we experience as
"reality."
Conditioning and learning build
further networks onto this bedrock of imprinted software. The total
structure of this brain-circuitry makes up our map of the world. It is
what our Thinker thinks, and our Prover mechanically fits all incoming
signals to the limitations of this map.
Following Dr. Timothy Leary (with a
few modifications) we shall divide this brain hardware into eight circuits
for convenience. ("For convenience" means that this is the best map
I know at present. I assume it will be replaced by a better map within 10
or 15 years; and in any case, the map is not the
territory.)
Four of the circuits are "antique"
and conservative, they exist in everybody (except feral
children).
1. The Oral Bio-Survival
Circuit. This is imprinted by the mother or the first mothering object
and conditioned by subsequent nourishment or threat. It is primarily
concerned with sucking, feeding, cuddling, and body security. It retreats
mechanically from the noxious or predatory—or from anything associated
(by imprinting or conditioning) with the noxious or
predatory.
2. The Anal
Emotional-Territorial Circuit. This is imprinted in the "Toddling"
stage when the infant rises up, walks about and begins to struggle for
power within the family structure. This mostly mammalian circuit processes
territorial rules, emotional games, or cons, pecking order and rituals of
domination or submission.
3. The Time-Binding Semantic
Circuit. This is imprinted and conditioned by human artifacts and
symbol systems. It "handles" and "packages" the environment, classifying
everything according to the local reality tunnel. Invention, calculation,
prediction and transmitting signals across generations are its
functions.
4. The "Moral" Socio-Sexual
Circuit. This is imprinted by the first orgasm-mating experiences at
puberty and is conditioned by tribal taboos. It processes sexual pleasure,
local definitions of "right" and "wrong," reproduction, adult-parental
personality (sex role) and nurture of the young. |
||
Prometheus Rising 41
The development of these circuits
as the brain evolved through evolution, and as each domesticated primate
(human) brain recapitulates evolution in growing from infancy to
adulthood, makes possible gene-pool survival, mammalian sociobiol-ogy
(pecking order, or politics) and transmission of culture.
The second group of four brain
circuits is much newer, and each circuit exists at present only in
minorities. Where the antique circuits recapitulate
evolution-to-the-present, these futuristic circuits ^recapitulate our
future evolution.
5. The Holistic Neurosomatic
Circuit. This is imprinted by ecstatic experience, via
biological or chemical yogas. It processes neurosomatic ("mind-body")
feedback loops, somatic-sensory bliss, feeling "high," "faith-healing,"
etc. Christian Science, NLP and holistic medicine consist of tricks or
gimmicks to get this circuit into action at least temporarily; Tantra yoga
is concerned with shifting consciousness entirely into this
circuit.
6. The Collective Neurogenetic
Circuit. This is imprinted by advanced yogas (bio-chemical -
electrical stresses). It processes DNA-RNA-brain feedback systems and is
"collective" in that it contains and has access to the whole evolutionary
"script," past and future. Experience of this circuit is numinous,
"mystical," mind-shattering; here dwell the archetypes of Jung's
Collective Unconscious—Gods, Goddesses, Demons, Hairy Dwarfs and other
personifications of the DNA programs (instincts) that govern
us.
7. The Meta-programming Circuit.
This is imprinted by very advanced yogas. It consists, in modern
terms, of cybernetic consciousness, reprogramming and reimprinting all
other circuits, even reprogramming itself, making possible conscious
choice between alternative universes or reality tunnels.
8. The Non-Local Quantum
Circuit. This is imprinted by Shock, by "near-death" or "clinical
death" experience, by OOBEs (out-of-body-experiences), by trans-time
perceptions ("precognition"), by trans-space visions (ESP), etc. It tunes
the brain into the non-local quantum communication system suggested by
physicists such as Bohm, Walker, Sarfatti, Bell, etc.
These circuits will be explained in
detail as we proceed. |
||
42 Prometheus Rising
EXERCIZES
1. If you don't already have a
computer, run out and buy one. Then re-read this chapter.
2. To understand hardware
and software are (as applied to the human brain) perform the
following meditation.
Sit in a room where you will not be
disturbed for a half hour and begin thinking, "I am sitting in this room
doing this exercize because..." and list as many of the "causes" as you
can think of.
For instance, you are doing this
exercize because, obviously, you read about it in this book. Why did you
buy this book? Did somebody recommend it? How did that person come into
your life? If you just picked the book up in a store, why did you happen
to be in just that store on just that day?
Why do you read books of this
sort—on psychology, consciousness, evolution etc.? How did you get
interested in those fields? Who turned you on, and how long ago? What
factors in your childhood inclined you to be interested in these subjects
later?
Why are you doing this exercize in
this room and not elsewhere? Why did you buy or rent this house or
apartment? Why are you in this city and not another? Why on this continent
and not another?
Why are you here at all—that is,
how did your parents meet? Did they consciously decide to have a child, do
you happen to know, or were you an accident? What cities were they born
in? If in different cities, why did they move in space-time so that their
paths would intersect?
Why is this planet capable of
supporting life, and why did it produce the kind of life that would dream
up an exercize of this sort?
Repeat this exercize a few days
later, trying to ask and answer fifty questions you didn't think of the
first time. (Note that you cannot ever ask all possible
questions.)
Avoid all metaphysical speculations
(e.g., karma, reincarnation, "destiny" etc.). The point of the exercize
will be mind-blowing enough without introducing "occult" theories, and it
will be more startling if you carefully avoid such overtly "mystical"
speculations. |
||
Prometheus Rising 43
4. Pick up any household item—a
spoon, a pen, a cup etc. Perform the same exercize as above—why is it
here? Who invented it, if you can find out? How did the invention get to
this continent? Who manufactured it? Why did they manufacture that instead
of bird cages? Why did they become manufacturers instead of musicians? Why
did you buy it? Why did you pick that object, of all the objects in your
house, for this meditation? |
||
ANSWER QUICKLY NOW
ARE YOU YOUR HARDWARE,
OR YOUR SOFTWARE? OR BOTH? |
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER THREE
THE ORAL
BIO-SURVIVAL
CIRCUIT |
||
Genes, like Leibnitz's monads,
have no windows; the higher
properties of life are emergent. — Edward Wilson,
Sociobiology
|
||
![]() |
||
45 |
||
|
||
Few of our ancestors were perfect
ladies or gentlemen; the majority of them were not even
mammals.
Any multi-cellular organism must,
if it is to survive, contain a hard-wired bio-survival circuit, which very
simply programs an either-or choice: GO FORWARD to the nourishing, the
protective, or GO BACK, away from the threatening, the
predatory.
Any mammal hooks the bio-survival
circuit to the first imprinted bio-survival object: the teat. Bio-survival
and orality are deeply blended in all mammals, including domesticated
primates (humans). This is why, despite the Cancer Terror, an estimated
30,000,000 Americans still smoke cigarettes... Others chew gum (spearmint,
juicy fruit, even sugar-free: something for every taste), bite their
fingernails, gnaw their knuckles, scrunch pencil stubs, eat more than they
need (Potato chips, anyone? a Mars bar maybe? pretzels, peanuts, cashews,
do you want the cheese and crackers with your beer, Mac? And do try the
canapes, Mrs. Miller). Some chew their lips, gobble tranks and uppers,
even munch their mustaches. What goes on in the bedroom is known to the
Kinsey Institute and anyone who has seen a porn film.
How important is this oral
imprinting? We read of a baby giraffe whose mother was accidentally killed
by a jeep immediately after birth. The neonate, following hard-wired
genetic programs, "imprinted" the first object that roughly fit the
giraffe archetype—the jeep itself. He followed the machine around,
vocalized to it, attempted to suckle from it, and, when adult, tried to
mate with it.
Similarly, Konrad Lorenz tells of a
gosling who accidentally imprinted a ping-pong ball and spent his adult
life, indifferent to female geese, attempting to sexually mount ping-pong
balls.
As Charles Darwin
noted:
In our maturer years, when an
object of vision is presented to us which bears any similitude to the form
of the female bosom...we feel a general glow of delight which seems to
influence all of our senses...
The ancients pictured the great
mother goddess Diana of Ephesus with literally dozens of breasts and St.
Paul reports hearing her worshippers chanting rapturously "Great is
Diana!" There is virtually no great artist who has not left us a portrait,
or many portraits, of the nude female form, especially the
breasts;
47 |
||
48 Prometheus Rising
and even in non-human scenes,
curves are introduced wherever possible. Architects break the Euclidean
straight line to introduce such curves at the slightest pretext—arches,
Moorish domes, etc. The curves of the suspension bridge are necessitated
by Newton's laws ("Gravity's rainbow," in Pynchon's phrase) but, still,
these double catenary curves are esthetically pleasing for the reasons
Darwin suggests. As for music—where did we first hear it, who sang or
hummed to us, and against what part of her body were we
held?
Mountain climbers are reduced, like
Mallory, to saying "Because it's there," when trying to explain their
compulsion to ascend those conic peaks.
Our eating utensils (oral
gratification tools) tend to be rounded or curved. Square plates or
saucers look "campy" or strange.
UFOs come in a variety of shapes,
but the most popular are the oval and conic.
Freudians suggest that opiate
addiction is an attempt to return to the womb. In keeping with our theory,
it is more likely that opium and its derivatives return us to the "safe
space" on the bio-survival circuit, the warm, snug place of bio-security;
opiates may trigger neuro-transmitters' characteristic of
breast-feeding.
In summary: the bio-survival
circuit is DNA-programmed to seek a comfort-safety zone around a mothering
organism. If a mother isn't present, the closet substitute in the
environment will be imprinted. For the orphan giraffe, a four-wheeled
jeep was chosen to stand in for the four-legged mother. The
gosling who could not find the round, white body of the
mother-goose fixated a round, white ping-pong
ball.
The "wiring" of this circuit, in
primitive form, occurred in the first organisms, between three and four
billion years ago. In the modern human, this structure remains in the
brain stem and in the autonomic ( "involuntary ") nervous
system, where it is interconnected with the endocrine and other
life-support systems. This is why disturbances on this circuit act "all
over the body at |
||
|
||
' Neuro-transmitters are chemicals
which alter the electro-colloidal balance of the brain and hence change
the perceptual field. Brain-change agents. |
||
Prometheus Rising 49
once" and generally take the
form of physical symptoms rather than "mental" symptoms and usually get
referred to the M.D. instead of the psychiatrist.
It must be stressed that we are
still in a primitive stage of evolution and conditions on this planet are
quite brutal. Radical pediatricians insist, with good evidence, that
childbirth by conventional means in a conventional hospital is almost
always traumatic for the newborn—creates a bad imprint, in our language.
Our child-rearing methods are far from ideal also, adding bad conditioning
on top of bad imprinting. And the general violence of our societies to
date—including wars, revolutions, civil wars and the "undeclared civil
war" of the predatory criminal class in every "civilized" nation—keeps the
first circuit of most people in an emergency state far too much of the
time.
In 1968, a U.S. Public Health
survey showed that 85% of the population had one or more symptoms
that we would call bad first-circuit imprinting or conditioning. These
symptoms included dizzy spells, heart palpitations, wet palms and frequent
nightmares.
This means that 85 out of the next
100 people you meet should be regarded as, more or less, "the Walking
Wounded."
This is the first level of meaning
in our brutal, cynical proposition that most people are almost as
mechanical as sci-fi robots. A man or woman entering a new situation with
the anxiety chemicals1 of a frightened infant coursing through
the brain stem is not going to be able to observe, judge or
decide anything very accurately.
And this is why Gurdjieff said, in
his own jargon, that people are asleep and having
nightmares.
"FAIRNESS? DECENCY? HOW CAN YOU
EXPECT FAIRNESS OR DECENCY ON A PLANET OF SLEEPING
PEOPLE?"
— G.I. Gurdjieff
This was the viewpoint of the
earliest Christians, later condemned as heretics (Gnostics) by the Roman
bureaucrats. The |
||
|
||
We especially refer to adrenaline
and adrenalutin, which signal the whole organism to prepare to fight or flee. |
||
jo Prometheus Rising
Gospel of Truth,
first century, says bluntly that history is
a
nightmare: ... as if (mankind) were sunk in
sleep and found themselves in disturbing dreams. Either (there is) a place
to which they are fleeing...or they are involved in striking blows, or
they are receiving blows themselves... sometimes it is as if people were
murdering them...or they themselves are killing their
neighbors...
To these first Christians, as to
the Buddhists, awakening literally meant coming out of this
nightmare of terrifying fantasies. In our terminology, it means correcting
the editing that cause us to behave and perceive like very badly
(inappropriately) wired robots and suddenly seeing the unedited
world.
It must be emphasized that this
circuit, being the oldest in evolutionary development, is the most
mechanical, and the most rapid. One is not conscious of time at all
on the bio-survival circuit. Observe the speed of your dog's reaction at
the first sound of an intruder: the threatening bark, and the movement of
the whole body to alert status, is automatic. Then the dog starts
taking in other cues, to determine how this particular intruder should be
treated.
As Robert Ardrey reports the
remarks of primatologist Ray Carpenter, to understand this part of your
brain...
Imagine that you are a monkey and
you're running along a path past a rock and unexpectedly meet face to face
another animal. Now, before you know whether to attack it, to flee it, or
to ignore it, you must make a series of decisions. Is it monkey or
non-monkey? If non-monkey, is it pro-monkey or anti-monkey? If monkey, is
it male or female? If female, is she interested? If male, is it adult or
juvenile? If adult, is it of my group or some other?... You have about one
fifth of a second to make all these decisions, or you could be
attacked.
The bio-survival program first
attaches to the safe space around the mother (oral imprint), and then with
age moves further and further out, exploring what is safe and what is not.
Without hard-wired genetic programs (i.e., automatic programs) this second
stage would be impossible, and no mammal would ever leave the teat. The
hard-wired programs act automatically |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
||
(UNCONSCIOUSLY) because if
you had to stop and think out each situation, you would be eaten by the
first predator.
Of course, the imprint is made by
chance — by the circumstances at the moment of imprint
vulnerability. (Recall the gosling who imprinted the ping-pong ball.) Some
imprint bravery, inquisitiveness and the exploratory drive; others imprint
timidity, infophobia (fear of the unpredictable) and withdrawal, of which
the extreme case is the sad imprint called autism or childhood
schizophrenia.
All of which is robotic, until
one learns how to reprogram and reimprint one's own brain circuits. In
most cases, such meta-programming skill is never acquired. It all goes by
in a flash, on mechanical auto-pilot, in zero time. "I just found
myself doing it," says the soldier as he is being court-martialled for
cowardice or decorated for bravery.
It's safe out here! |
||
![]() |
||
52 Prometheus Rising
Of course, on top of the hard-wired
imprinting of the bio-survival circuit comes "softer" conditioning. This
allows the safe-space perimeter to be generalized outward from the
mother's body to the pack or tribe—the "extended family."
Every social animal has, in
addition to the Darwinian "instinct" (genetic program) of
self-preservation, a similar "instinct" to protect the gene-pool. This is
the basis of altruism, and social animals could not survive without
it.
Wild dogs (and wolves) bark to warn
the rest of the pack that an intruder is coming. Your domesticated dog
identifies you as a pack-leader; he barks to warn you that an intruder is
coming. (He also barks, of course, to warn the intruder that he is ready
to fight for his territory.)
As civilization has advanced,
the pack-bond (the tribe, the extended family) has been broken.
This is the root of the widely diagnosed "anomie" or
"alienation" or "existential anguish" about which so many social critics
have written so eloquently. What has happened is that the conditioning of
the bio-survival bond to the gene-pool has been replaced by a
conditioning of bio-survival drives to hook onto the peculiar tickets
which we call "money".
Concretely, a modern man or woman
doesn't look for bio-survival security in the gene-pool, the pack, the
extended family. Bio-survival depends on getting the tickets. "You can't
live without money," as the Living Theatre troop used to cry out in
anguish. If the tickets are withdrawn, acute bio-survival anxiety appears
at once.
Imagine, as vividly as possible,
what you would feel, and what you would do, if all your sources to
bio-survival tickets (money) were cut off tomorrow. This is precisely what
tribal men and women feel if cut off from the tribe; it is why exile, or
even ostracism, were sufficient punishments to enforce tribal conformity
throughout most of human history. As recently as Shakespeare's day the
threat of exile was an acute terror signal ("Banished!" cries Romeo, "the
damned use that word in Hell!")
In traditional society, belonging
to the tribe was bio-security; exile was terror, and real threat of death.
In modern society, having the tickets (money) is bio-security; having the
tickets withdrawn is terror. |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
Welfare-ism, socialism,
totalitarianism, etc. represent attempts, in varying degrees of
rationality and hysteria, to re-create the tribal bond by making the State
stand-in for the gene-pool. Conservatives who claim that no form of
Welfare is tolerable to them are asking that people live with total
bio-survival anxiety and anomie combined with terror. The
conservatives, of course, vaguely recognize this and ask for "local
charity" to replace State Welfare — i.e., they ask for the gene-pool to be
restored by magic, among people (denizens of a typical city) who are not
genetically related at all.
On the other hand, the State is not
a gene-pool or a tribe, and cannot really play the bio-survival unit
convincingly. Everybody on Welfare becomes paranoid, because they are
continually worrying that they are going to get cut off ("exiled") for
some minor infraction of the increasingly incomprehensible bureaucratic
rules. And in real totalitarianism, in which the bogus identification of
the State with the tribe is carried to the point of a new mysticism, the
paranoia becomes total.
Real bonding can only occur in
face-to-face groups of reasonable size. Hence, the perpetual attempt
(however implausible in industrial circumstances) to decentralize, to go
back to the tribal ethos, to replace the State with syndicates (as in
anarchism) or affinity-groups (Reich's "Consciousness III"). Recall the
hippie crash-pad of the sixties, which lives on in many rural
communes.
Back in the real world, the tickets
called "money" are the bio-survival bond for most people.
Anti-Semitism is a complex aberration, of many facets and causes, but in
its classic form (the "Jewish Bankers' Conspiracy") it simply holds that a
hostile gene-pool controls the tickets for bio-security. Such paranoia is
inevitable in a money economy; junkies have similar myths about who
controls the supply of heroin. Thus, as anti-Semitism has declined in
America, the "Bankers' Conspiracy" lives on in a new form. Now the
villains are old New England WASP families, the "Yankee Establishment."
Some Leftists will even show you charts of the genealogies of these WASP
bankers, the way anti-Semites used to show Rothschild
genealogies. |
||
|
|||
54 |
Prometheus Rising
|
||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising 55
C.H. Douglas, the engineer and
economist, once made up a chart, which he showed to the MacMillan
Commission in 1932 when they were discussing money and credit regulation.
The chart graphed the rise and fall of interest rates from the defeat of
Napoleon in 1812 to the date the Commission met in 1932, and on the same
scale, the rise and fall of the suicide rate in that one twenty-year
period.
The two curves were virtually
identical. Every time the interest rate went up, so did the suicide rate;
when interest went down, so did suicide. This can hardly be "coincidence."
When interest rises, a certain number of businessmen go bankrupt, a
certain number of workers are thrown out of their jobs, and everybody's
bio-survival anxiety generally increases.
Marxists and other radicals are
urgently aware of such factors in "mental health" and hence scornful of
all types of academic psychology which ignore these bio-survival issues.
Unfortunately, the Marxist remedy—making everybody dependent for
bio-survival on the whims of a State bureaucracy—is a cure worse than the
disease.
Bio-survival anxiety will only
permanently disappear when world-wide wealth has reached a level, and a
distribution, where, without totalitarianism, everyone has enough
tickets.
The Hunger Project, the idea of the
Guaranteed Annual Income, Douglas' National Dividend plan, etc. represent
groping toward that goal. The ideal can only be achieved in a technology
of abundance.
Extreme cases—persons who take
their heaviest imprint on the first (oral) circuit—tend to be
viscerotonic, because this imprint determines lifelong endocrine and
glandular processes. Thus, in extreme they are "baby-faced" in adult life,
never lose their "baby-fat," are plump and round and gentle, etc. They are
easily "hurt" (threatened: terrified) by disapproval of any sort, because
in the baby-circuit of the brain, disapproval suggests
extinction by loss of the food supply.
We all have this circuit and need
to exercize it periodically. Cuddling, sucking, hugging etc. and daily
playing with (a) one's own body (b) another's body and (c) the
environment, are perpetually necessary to neurosomatic-endocrine health.
Those who deny such primordial functions because of rigid imprinting
on |
||
5<5 Prometheus Rising
the Third (rationalistic) or Fourth
(moralistic) circuit tend to become "dried up," "prune-faced,"
unattractive, "cold," and muscularly rigid.
The baby-functions of playing with
one's own body, another's body and the environment continue throughout
life in all animals. This "playfulness" is a marked characteristic of all
conspicuously healthy individuals of the sort Maslow calls
"self-actualizers."
If this initial imprint is
negative—if the universe in general and other humans in particular are
imprinted as dangerous, hostile and frightening—the Prover will go on
throughout life adjusting all perceptions to fit this map. This is what is
known as the "Injustice Collector" syndrome (in the language of Dr. Edmund
Bergler). The female members of this imprint goup become Radical
Feminists; the male members are less organized and can be found in fringe
groups of the extreme Left and extreme Right.
Such a pattern is unconscious in
three ways. It is unconscious because automatic: it happens without
thought, as a robot program. It is also unconscious because it began
before the infant had language and hence it is pre-verbal, inarticulate,
felt rather than considered. And it is unconscious because it is
all-over-the-body-at-once. Specifically, it is characterized by the
Respiratory Block first noted by Wilhelm Reich: a chronic muscular
armoring that prevents proper, relaxed breathing. Popular speech
recognizes this state as "being up-tight."
All of the most successful
reimprinting techniques (therapies) for this kind of chronic anxiety work
on the body first, not on the "mind." The Reichians, Rolfers, Primal
Scream therapists, Orr's "rebirthers," Gesaltists, etc. all know, whatever
specialized jargons they may use, that a bad bio-survival imprint can only
be corrected by working on the biological being itself, the body that
feels perpetually vulnerable and under attack. Even Neurolin-guistic
Programming (NLP) begins by inducing the patient to relax and breathe
easily.
As Gregory Bateson has pointed out.
Konrad Lorenz acquired his marvelous insights into the imprinting
process—for which he won the Nobel prize—by consciously imitating the body
movements of the animals he was studying. Watching Lorenz
lecture, |
||
Prometheus Rising 57
one could "see" each animal he
discussed, because Lorenz would dramatize or "become" that animal, in the
manner of a Method Actor.
Even earlier, Wilhelm Reich
discovered that he could understand his patients with remarkable clarity
by imitating their characteristic body movements and postures. The
bio-survival imprints, especially traumatic ones, are all-over-the-body,
frozen (in Reich's metaphor) in chronic muscle and gland
mechanisms.
If you can't understand somebody's
"irrational" behavior, start by observing their breathing. You will very
quickly get an idea of what is bothering them. This is why all schools of
yoga— Buddhist, Hindu or Sufi—place such emphasis on restoring natural
breathing before trying to move the student on to higher circuits and
wider consciousness.
This is of more than
"psychological" import. Every study of the psychosomatic aspects of cancer
and asthma, for instance, finds this pattern of chronic muscular
contraction (subjectively felt as anxiety) among the predisposing factors.
What the Thinker thinks, the Prover proves. People are strangling their
inner organs every day because they are afraid.
Mary Baker Eddy may have been
exaggerating slightly when she said, "All illness is manifested fear;" but
holistic medicine more and more recognizes that if that damned word "all"
is replaced by a more tentative "most," Mrs. Eddy was close to the
facts.
Even old-fangled M.D.s who won't
consider holistic ideas for a minute, admit that some persons are
mysteriously "more susceptible" to disease than other persons. What is
this metaphysical "susceptibility"? Anthropologist Ashley Montagu has
collected numerous statistics on children who were deprived of maternal
love at the crucial point of imprint vulnerability in infancy. They not
only died younger than the national average, but were sicklier all their
lives and even grew up to be several inches shorter than the average adult
height for their sex.
What makes for "susceptibility"
(aside from possible genetic factors) can only be such an anxiety imprint
(muscle tension) on the first circuit.
Christian Science—or any other
religion that dogmatically insists that "God" wants us to be happy and
successful—can |
||
|
||
55 Prometheus Rising
cure such conditions
"miraculously." What the Thinker thinks the Prover proves. Absolute
faith that "God" is supporting you, beamed out from the brain all day
long, day after day, signals the muscles to relax, and natural buoyancy
and health returns.
Throughout human life, when the
bio-survival circuit senses danger, all other mental activity ceases.
All other circuits shut down until the bio-survival problem is
"solved," realistically or symbolically. This is of crucial importance in
mind-washing and brain-programming.
To create a new imprint, first
reduce the subject to the state of infancy, i.e., bio-survival
vulnerability. We will enlarge upon this later.
In pre-neurological terms, the
bio-survival circuit is what we usually call "consciousness," per se.
It is the sense of being here-now, in this vulnerable body, subject to
the raw energies and forces of the physical universe. When we are
"unconscious," the bio-survival circuit is turned off and doctors may cut
us up without our attempting to flee or even crying out.
EXERCIZES
1. Determine to enjoy this
primitive circuit fully from now on. Play with yourself and others and the
environment shamelessly, like a newborn baby. Meditate on "Unless
ye become as a little child, ye shall in no wise enter the Kingdom of
Heaven."
2. Never mind your diet—you will
reach the optimum weight for your height when your brain is operating
properly. Enjoy one really sweet and gooey desert every week.
Diabetics, of course, should buy this goody in the non-sugar
section.
3. Get "high" (on marijuana if this
is permissible to your superego, or on ginseng, which is legal everywhere
and recommended by many holistic physicians) and then go to a health spa.
Enjoy a good swim, a massage and a sauna. Repeat every week,
forever.
4. Take a course on kung fu
or karate for at least three months, then re-read this whole
chapter. You will be surprised at how much more every sentence will
mean.
5. Lie on your back and pant
rapidly to the count of 20. (Each exhale-inhale cycle counts as one, not
as two.) Panting means breathing rapidly through your mouth, as forbidden
by almost all |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
59 |
||
|
|||
experts on health, but this is only
an exercise, not a full-time practice. When you reach 20, stop and resume
nose-breathing, in the slow, rhythmic manner recommended by yogis, to the
count of 20. Then repeat the panting to the count of 20. Then repeat
proper yoga breathing.
This is known as the "breath of
fire" in Tantric yoga. The results are most amusing and enlightening. Try
it!'
6. Visit an aquarium and observe
very closely. Try to see the bio-survival circuit of the fish brain in
operation and recognize when and how that circuit in your own brain has
operated throughout your life.
7. If you don't have a baby, or
haven't had one for many years, play with somebody else's baby for an
hour. Then reread this chapter.
|
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
Like opiate use, this exercize
seems to trigger neuro-transmitters similar to mother's milk; i.e., it
takes you back to the snug security of breast-feeding. And it is not
addictive. |
|||
|
|||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER FOUR
THE ANAL
EMOTIONAL TERRITORIAL CIRCUIT |
||
|
||
Run, puppy, run!
Run, puppy, run!
Yonder comes the big dog
—
Run, puppy, run!
— Children's rhyme
|
||
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
61 |
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
The second circuit, the
emotional-territorial networks of the brain, is concerned entirely with
power politics. This "patriotic" circuit is built into all vertebrates and
is perhaps 500 million to 1000 million years old. In the modern human it
seems to be centralized in the thalamus—the "back brain" or "old
brain" and is linked with the voluntary nervous system and the
muscles.
This circuit appears in each
newborn when the DNA master tape sends out RNA messenger molecules to
trigger the mutation from neonate to "toddler," which involves
first of all standing erect. Walking, mastering gravity, overcoming
physical obstacles and learning to manipulate others politically are the
vulnerable points at which imprinting and heavy conditioning occur. The
muscles that perform these power functions are quickly programmed with
what become chronic, life-long reflexes.
Depending as always the
accidents of the environment—what happens at points of neurological
vulnerability—this circuit will organize itself into a strong, dominating
role in the pack (or family) or a weak, submissive role. Without going
into the jungles with the ethologists, one can observe this mammalian
imprinting process in any litter of puppies. It is very quickly determined
who is TOP DOG and who is BOTTOM DOG.
Status in the pack or tribe is
assigned on the basis of pre-verbal signaling system (kinesics) in which
these muscle reflexes are crucial. All of the emotional games or
cons listed in the popular psychological game-manuals of Dr. Eric
Berne and the Transactional Analysts are second-circuit imprints, or
standard mammalian politics.
To quote from my novel Schrodinger's
Cat:
Most of the domesticated primates
of Terra did not know they were primates. They thought they were something
apart from and "superior" to the rest of the planet.
Even Benny Benedict's "One Month to
Go" column was based on that illusion. Benny had actually read Darwin
once, in college a long time ago, and had heard of sciences like ethology
and ecology, but the facts of evolution had never really registered on
him. He never thought of himself as a primate. He never realized his
friends and associates were primates. Above all, he never understood that
the alpha males of Unistat were typical leaders of primate bands.
As a result of this inability to see the obvious, Benny was constantly
alarmed |
||
|
||
64 Prometheus Rising
and terrified by the behavior of
himself, his friends and associates and especially the alpha males of the
pack. Since he didn't know it was ordinary primate behavior, it seemed
just awful to him.
Since a great deal of primate
behavior was considered just awful, most of the domesticated primates
spent most of their time trying to conceal what they were
doing.
Some of the primates got caught by
other primates. All of the primates lived in dread of getting
caught.
Those who got caught were called
no-good shits.
The term no-good shit was a deep
expression of primate psychology. For or instance, one wild primate (a
chimpanzee) taught sign language by two domesticated primates (scientists)
spontaneously put together the signs for "shit" and "scientist" to
describe a scientist she didn't like. She was calling him shit-scientist.
She also put together the signs for "shit" and "chimpanzee" for another
chimpanzee she didn't like. She was calling him
shit-chimpanzee.
"You no-good shit," domesticate
primates often said to each other.
This metaphor was deep in primate
psychology because primates mark their territories with excretions, and
sometimes they threw excretions at each other when disputing over
territories.
One primate wrote a long book
describing in vivid detail how his political enemies should be punished.
He imagined them in an enormous hole in the ground, with flames and smoke
and rivers of shit. This primate was named Dante
Alighieri.
Another primate wrote that every
primate infant goes through a stage of being chiefly concerned with
bio-survival, i.e., food, i.e., Mommie's Titty. He called this the Oral
Stage. He said the infant next went on to a stage of learning mammalian
politics, i.e., recognizing the Father (alpha-male) and his Authority and
territorial demands. He called this, with an insight that few primates
shared, the Anal Stage.
This primate was named Freud. He
had taken his own nervous system apart and examined its component circuits
by periodically altering its structure with
neurochemicals.
Among the anal insults exchanged by
domesticated primates when fighting for their space were: "Up your ass,"
"Go shit in your hat," "You're full of shit," and many
others. |
||
Prometheus Rising 65
One of the most admired alpha-males
in the Kingdom of the Franks was General Canbronne. General Canbronne won
this adulation for the answer he gave when asked to surrender at
Waterloo.
"Merde," was the answer
General Canbronne gave.
The word petard means a kind
of bomb. It comes from the same Olde English root as
fart.
General Canbronne's mentality was
typical of the alpha-males of the military caste.
When primates went to war or got
violent in other ways, they always said they were about to knock the shit
out of the enemy.
They also spoke of dumping on each
other.
|
||
![]() |
||
The standard "authority" reflex on
the emotional-territorial circuit is to swell the muscles and howl. You
will find this among birds as well as mammals, and in the Board meeting of
your local bank. The standard "submission" reflex is to shrink the
muscles, lower the head, and "crawl away." You will find this among dogs,
primates, fowl and employees who wish to keep their jobs
everywhere.
If the first (bio-survival) circuit
is chiefly imprinted by the mother, the second (emotional-territorial)
circuit is chiefly imprinted by the father—the nearest alpha male.
It has been proposed, by sociologist G. Rattray Taylor that societies
swing back and forth between "Matrist" periods, in which
motherly |
||
|
|||
66 |
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
|||
oral values predominate, and
"Patrist" periods, in which fatherly
anal values are in ascendance. |
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
THE STANDARD AUTHORITY
REFLEX |
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising 6j
|
||
Taylor's table of the
characteristics of these "Matrist" and "Patrist" periods is as follows: |
||
![]() |
||
Whether or not societies wobble
between these extremes as Taylor claims, individuals certainly do. These
are merely the consequences of (a) having the heaviest imprint on the oral
(Matrist) bio-survival circuit or (b) having the heaviest imprint on the
anal (Patrist) territorial circuit.
In pre-ethological terms, the
emotional-territorial circuit is what we usually call "ego." Ego is
simply the mammalian recognition of one's status in the pack; it is a
"role" as sociologists say, a single brain circuit which mistakes itself
for the whole Self, the entire brain-mind apparatus. The "egotist" behaves
like "a two year old," in the common saying, because Ego is the imprint of
the toddling and toilet-training stage.
The question of how human an animal
is (especially a pet dog or cat) never ceases to divide scientists from
laypersons—and one scientist from another. In terms of the present theory,
the differences between domesticated primates (humans) and other
domesticated animals are virtually nil, as long as we are talking only
about the first two circuits. (Since most people spend most of their time
on these primitive circuits, the differences are
often |
||
|
|||
68 |
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
|||
much less obvious than the
similarities.) Real differences begin
to appear when the third, semantic circuit enters the picture. |
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
MOST MAMMALS MARK THEIR
TERRITORIES WITH EXCRETIONS. DOMESTICATED PRIMATES MARK THEIR TERRITORIES
WITH INK EXCRETIONS ON PAPER.
For instance, novice dog-trainers
always make the mistake of using too many words. Because the dog is
so "human" in so many ways (canines, like primates, are great mimics), the
novice imputes too much "humanity" to them. The average dog has a
vocabulary of around 150 words, and within that semantic universe is quite
bright. It is very easy to teach a dog the meaning of "Sit," "Stay,"
"Attack," etc.; and the dog will learn the meaning of "walk" and "food"
even without your trying to teach him. The problem begins when the novice
expects the dog to understand something like "No, no, Fritz—anywhere else
in the bedroom, but not on the bed." Even a non-English-speaking human
would not grasp that, except vaguely. The dog gives
up |
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
||
on such sentences and guesses what
he can from your mamma-
lian (and unconscious) body-language. Understanding these distinctions
can vastly improve primate-canine communication. For instance, my wife, a
sociologist, trained our dog, Fang, not to beg at the table in the most
direct mammalian language possible. She simply growled at him the
first few times he approached her while she was eating. (She had been
reading ethology, of course.) Fang understood fully; he soon learned to
avoid the table while the Pack-Leaders (my wife and myself) were eating.
His genetic programs told him we were the Big Dogs, or as close to the Big
Dogs as he could find in that environment; dogs, like wolves, have a
genetic program about not annoying the Big Dogs while they're eating. The
growl told him all he needed to know about the local parameters of that
rule. Fang, incidentally, was a Dachshund-Labrador mix, and
strange-looking to most humans. People would stop me on the street while I
was walking him and ask, "What...IS.. .that???"
Persons (extreme cases) who take
the heaviest imprint on this territorial-emotional circuit tend to
be musculotonic. That is, they hold most of their attention and energy, in
the muscular attack-defense systems and grow up medium weight—heavy
enough to be hard to knock down, light enough to be quick and sinewy.
Often, they become body-builders, weight-lifters etc. and have an
extraordinary absorption in demonstrating their strength. (Even shaking
hands with them, you get the message that they are not exchanging amity
but demonstrating power.)
Most societies shunt these types
into the military where their propensities are put to proper ethological
use, defending the tribal turf. The anal orientation of this circuit
explains the oddity of military speech first noted by Norman Mailer: "ass"
means one's whole self and "shit" means all surrounding
circumstance. |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
![]() |
||
IMPRINTING AFFECTS THE WHOLE
NERVOUS SYSTEM. THE NERVOUS SYSTEM AFFECTS THE WHOLE BODY. |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
![]() |
||
The second,
emotional-territorial circuit, creates a two-dimensional social space in conjunction with first-circuit advance-retreat. |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
The grid of Circuits I and II
creates four quadrants. Note that Hostile Strength (the tyrant) is
inclined to paranoid withdrawal; he must govern, but he is also afraid.
Cf. the careers of Hitler, Stalin, Howard Hughes, etc. and the
inaccessible Castle and Court in Kafka's allegories. Note also that the
dependent neurotic is not in retreat at all; he or she advances upon you,
demanding fulfillment of emotional "needs"
(imprints). |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 73 |
||
These four quadrants have been
known since the dawn of self-consciousness. For instance, in the
terminology of the medieval psychology of "humours," these four
imprint-types are known as:
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
Clockwise, the Sanguinary type
(friendly strength) was identified with the Lion archetype and the
element, fire. The Lion, because of the dignity of these big cats,
represents "good" strength, and the fire represents power. The Phlegmatic
type (friendly weakness) was identified with the Angel archetype
and the element water: these people are "too sensitive to fight"
and "go with the flow." The Choleric types were identified with the Bull
archetype (truculent suspicion, paranoia) and the element, earth,
standing for sluggish pseudo "stupidity." (This is the traditional
stance of defeated races dealing with their conquerors.) The Bilius types
(hostile strength) were identified with the Eagle archetype (symbol
of Imperial Rome, the German royal family, etc.) and the element air,
air probably means sky, because these types seem "high and
mighty."
These symbols go back a long way;
Cabalists find them in the Old Testament (where, indeed, the
lion-angel-bull-eagle appear in Ezekiel). They are found constantly in
Catholic art, associated with the four evangelists (Matthew-angel,
Mark-lion, Luke-bull, John-eagle)1 and run all through the
design of Tarot card decks, medieval and modern. |
||
1 These are the Four
Old Men in Finnegans Wake. Matt Gregory, because his last name
contains ego equals the angel; Marcus Lyons equals the lion; Luke
Tarpey equals taur, the bull; Johnny McDougal equals ougal the
eagle. |
||
74 Prometheus Rising |
||
In the clever language of the
fashionable Transactional Analysis system, these four imprint types are
categorized as the four basic life scripts, to wit:
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
It is the Phlegmatic (friendly
weakness; dependent neurotic) type who generally turn up in the
psychotherapist's office seeking reimprinting voluntarily. They are
not-okay, but they have great faith that the therapist is
okay.
The Bilius (hostile strength) and
Choleric (hostile weakness) arrive in therapy, if at all, only because
their associates or families, or more commonly, a law court, has
ordered them to try to reimprint their compulsive
hostilities.
The Sanguinary (friendly strength)
type virtually never comes for psychotherapy. He or she is satisfied with
his or her life, and so is the rest of society. Alas, they nonetheless can
get to the position where they need therapy of some sort, simply because
they may take on too much responsibility and carry too many
burdens. They will generally arrive at the therapists only if sent
there by an M.D. who has intuited where their ulcers came
from.
This system is not meant to be
rigid or to imply that there are only four types of humanoid
robots. The later circuits, still to be discussed, modify all this
considerably: some imprints are wobbly (cover two or more quadrants
partly); and we are all capable of sudden brain change. It is also
important to realize that the four archetypes are for convenience
only—and they are convenient, as witness their reappearance in
Transactional Analysis, where their historical connection with
Lion-Angel-Bull-Eagle isn't even recognized. But each quadrant can be
subdivided much more sharply, if necessary for diagnostic
purposes. |
||
Prometheus Rising 75
For instance, the most widely used
psychological test in this country the Leary Interpersonal Grid (1957)
divides the four quadrants into sixteen sub-quadrants and allows one to
grade each in terms of moderate-to-excessive tendency to behave that way.
In the grid on which the Leary categories are drawn, the moderate
imprints are in toward the center and the excessive or extreme
cases are out toward the perimeter, but what is being measured is
still basically the way the first two circuits (oral-bio-survival and
anal-territorial) are imprinted.
To clarify this a bit further,
imagine that four babies were all born at the same instant in John J.
Boscowitz Memorial Hospital, Enny Town, planet Earth. We come back twenty
years later and we find that each of them has a separate personality and
life-style (a problem for the astrologers, but let that pass). To make
things easier for us, they have actually landed in our four
quadrants.
Subject #1 is
Responsible/Over-Conventional (Sanguinary). Everybody agrees that SHe (she
or he) is usually a beloved community leader—helpful, considerate,
friendly and solidly successful. Some may even say SHe spoils people with
kindness, forgives anything, agrees with everybody and actually enjoys
governing those who cannot govern themselves. The noble
Lion.
This person may be (and probably
is) a total robot. That is, if SHe can never give orders in a
strict way, is never able to doubt others, is never
ego-centered, etc. then SHe has mechanically imprinted the First
Quadrant, "friendly strength." On the other hand, if SHe is able to move
out of the First Quadrant in appropriate situations (exercizing hostility
against the marauder or predator, admitting weakness when overwhelmed),
SHe has an imprinted-conditioned predilection for "I'm okay, you're okay,"
but is not totally robotized by it. |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
![]() |
||
LEARY'S INTERPERSONAL GRID |
||
|
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
77 |
||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
THE FOUR QUADRANTS HAVE BEEN
RECOGNIZED IN MANY AGES AND EXPRESSED IN MANY SYMBOLS. |
|||
|
|||
|
||
j8 Prometheus Rising
Subject #2 has, after the same
twenty years of imprinting and conditioning, landed in Quadrant 2
friendly weakness (Phlegmatic). SHe is self-critical, shy, timid,
easily led, "spineless," and always looking for somebody to Take Charge
and Give Orders. The unearthly Angel, or in modem symbolism, the Flower
Child.
Again, this imprinting-conditioning
may be totally robotic, or there may be enough flexibility for the person
to jump to another quadrant when necessary.
Subject #3 had landed, with total
robothood or with some small flexibility, in Quadrant 3, "Hostile
Weakness" (Choleric). She distrusts everybody, rebels against everything,
speaks constantly in sarcasms, complains chronically and is generally
bitter, resentful and (to some extent) paranoid. The sullen
Bull.
Subject #4 has landed in Quadrant
4, "Hostile Strength" (Bilius), and is regarded as "bossy," cold,
unfeeling, dictatorial, self-important, boastful etc. but still in the
judgment of most, "a good leader." The imperial Eagle.
The irony and the tragedy of human
life is that none of these subjects are aware at all of their robotry.
Each will explain to you, at great length and with great conviction, why
each of these robotic, endlessly-repeated reflexes are caused by
the situations around them, i.e., by the "bad" behavior of other
people.
WHAT THE THINKER THINKS, THE PROVER
PROVES.
Thus, if you put these four
primates on a desert island, you can predict, with virtually as much
certainty as a chemist telling us what will happen if four elements are
compounded, that Subject #1 and #4 (Friendly Strength and Hostile
Strength) will both try to take over—#1 to help the others, #4 because SHe
can't imagine anybody else in control. #1 will submit to #4 because #1
wants things to run smoothly for the good of all, and they never will run
smoothly if #4 is not TOP DOG. #2, Friendly Weakness, will not care
whether #1 or #4 rules, just so long as somebody else is making the
decisions. And #3 will complain (and complain, and complain), no matter
who is in charge, while skillfully avoiding any action that would require
taking personal responsibility. |
||
Prometheus Rising 79
The same political decisions would
be made by four chimpanzees or four dogs, if they have the four imprint
quadrants equally divided as in our hypothetical example.
Sociobiologists, who are very aware
of these four quadrants in both human and animal societies, claim that
each organism is born with a genetic predisposition to play one of these
roles. Critics of sociobiology, who are dogmatic Liberals, denounce this
idea as monstrous. We will not attempt to decide that difficult question
here, since any attempt to decide what aspects of behavior are genetic and
what are learned after birth always descends into ideological metaphysics
in the prevailing absence of real data. We say merely that, whether or not
you or I were born with a predisposition for one quadrant, all organisms
are born with a predisposition for imprint vulnerability, and the
imprint, once set in the neural circuitry, acts as robotically as any
genetic hard-wiring.
How imprints can be changed will be
discussed as we proceed. The exercizes in each chapter are intended to
make imprints a little less rigid, a little more
flexible.
The top two quadrants of the Leary
grid—Friendly Strength and Hostile Strength—correspond roughly to what
Nietzsche called Herrenmoral, the ethics of ruling classes. Indeed,
Hostile Strength is the embodiment of Nietzsche's "Blond Beast," the
primitive conqueror-pirate type we find at the dawn of every civilization.
This is what Nietzsche also called the "animal" or "unsublimated"
form of the Will to Power.
(Friendly Strength on the other
hand does not correspond, except very slightly, to Nietzsche's
"sublimated Will to Power." To find that we will have to wait until
we come to the Fifth [Neurosomatic] Circuit—the stage of Conscious
Evolution.)
The bottom two quadrants—Friendly
Weakness and Hostile Weakness—correspond to Nietzsche's Sklavmoral,
the ethics of slaves, serfs and "lower"-caste or "lower"-class persons
everywhere. Nietzsche's concept of "resentment"—the hidden revenge
motive within "altruistic" philosophies—claims there is an element of
hostility within even the Friendly Weakness side of the grid; i.e., in
conventional "Christian ethics," as typified by the image of "gentle
Jesus, meek and mild." This paradox—the Friendly Weakling is a Hostile
Weakling in disguise, the Flower |
||
|
||
So Prometheus Rising
Child a potential Mansonized
robot-killer—reappears in modern clinical parlance as the concept of
"passive aggressive." Occultists in their strange jargon describe these
types as "psychic vampires."
This is why Nietzsche claimed that
St. Paul had destroyed the evangel (good news) of Jesus and
replaced it with a dysangel (bad news). The evangel of Jesus, as
Nietzsche saw it, was the sublimated Will to Power, the path of
conscious evolution to Superhumanity. The dysangel, the bad news,
created by St. Paul was traditional Sklavmoral—"Slaves, obey your
masters," but nourish your resentment with the firm belief that you
are "good," and they are "evil," and you will eventually have the pleasure
of watching them burn in hell forever. In Nietzsche's analysis, all Marx
added to this was the idea of burning and punishing the Master Class here
and now instead of waiting for "God" to attend to the matter post
mortem.
The same analysis appears in e.e.
cummings' unforgettable couplet on the Communist intelligentsia of the
1930s:
every kumrad is a little
bit
of concentrated hate It is interesting, in this
connection, that Nietzsche dropped "psychological" language from his books
as he went along and replaced it with "physiological" language. For
instance, in his later works, such as The Anti-Christ, the
"resentment" within slave-morality (conventional Christianity) is
diagnosed as a physiological reaction characteristic of certain physical
types. Nietzsche was on the right track, but lacking neurology he looked
for the physical basis of these processes in genetics alone. Imprinting
theory suggests, on the contrary, that such physiological Bottom Dog
reflexes are created by specific triggers at early moments of imprint
vulnerability.
But they are nonetheless
all-over-the-body-at-once and hence physiological. Any Method Actor knows
this and his body will swell physically if he is playing a strong
character and shrink if he is playing a weakling. Rod Steiger, in
particular, actually seems taller or shorter depending on whether he is
playing a Top Dog or a Bottom Dog. |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 81
Remember again that all these
categories are for convenience and that nature has not employed the
sharp boundaries that we use in our models of nature. Thus, with Leary's
1957 schemata, we can further sub-divide our 4 types into 16 types with 4
degrees of each, for a total of 64 sub-types.
In the next section, to simplify
what may be growing too complex, we will reduce everything again just to
the interactions of the first two circuits.
Any system for describing human
behavior should be flexible enough to be extended indefinitely, and should
also still contain meaning when reduced back to its
fundamentals.
Since we all contain a
territorial-emotional circuit we need to exercize it
daily.
Playing with children is one good
exercize—especially if you play with large groups, in which case you will
have to referee mammalian territorial disputes. Swimming, jogging or
whatever else appeals to you is good, to keep the muscles from feeling you
are trying to starve them. Trying to "psych out" somebody else's emotional
state is one of the best exercizes for this circuit, and is very
educational in general. It activates the old mammal centers in the
thalamus where body-language communicates emotional
signals.
A good General uses this circuit to
"psych out" what the enemy General is planning. A good mother uses it,
vice versa, to figure out what baby's howl means in each particular
case.
Advanced work with this circuit,
involving some hazards in personal relations, would involve such games as
learning to bully somebody if you've never been able to do that before,
learning to submit docilely if you've never been able to do that
before, and learning to express anger appropriately and letting go of
it when it is no longer necessary.
It will be observed by the
thoughtful or visually-oriented readers that each "extreme" type can be
expressed on the Leary Grid as a very off-center
pie-slice: |
||
|
||
|
|||
82 |
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
Obviously, an ideally "balanced"
person—that is, one not robotized and able to adjust to circumstances as
they arise— would not be so off-centered. Such a person would be able to
move a little bit into each quadrant "according to the times and seasons"
as the Chinese say, but would basically maintain a centered detachment
between all of them. She or he could be graphed as a
circle:
|
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
The dark inner circle would
represent the adamantine individuality of this ideally detached
person—detached from robot imprints. The grey circle would represent the
ability to move out into each quadrant in times when that was
necessary.
Circles of this sort, called
mandalas, are widely used for meditation in the Buddhist tradition.
Often they are cornered by four demons who evidently, like the Occidental
lion, bull, angel and eagle, represent the extremes to be
avoided. |
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
.. .being humus, the same returns.
— James Joyce, Finnegans Wake
EXERCIZES
1. Whenever you meet a young male
or female, ask yourself consciously, "If it came to hand-to-hand combat,
could I beat him/her' ?" Then try to determine how much of your behavior
is based on unconsciously asking and answering that question via
pre-verbal "body language."
2. Get roaring drunk and pound the
table, telling everybody in a loud voice just what dumb assholes they all
are.1
3. Get a book on meditation,
practice for two fifteen-minute sessions every day for a month, and then
go see somebody who always manages to upset you or make you defensive. See
if they can still press your territorial retreat
buttons.2
4. Spend a week-end at an Encounter
Group. During the first half-day, try to intuit which quadrant each
participant is coming |
||
1 Opiates and small
does of alcohol seem to trigger neuro-transmitters characteristic of
Circuit I breast-fed tranquillity. Large doses of alcohol often
reverse this and trigger neuro-transmitters characteristic of territorial
struggle. Note the anal vocabulary of hostile drunks as their alcoholic
intake increases.
2 A good book on
Meditation is Undoing Yourself With Energized Meditation & Other
Devices, by Christopher S. Hyatt, Ph.D., (New Falcon
Publications). |
||
84 Prometheus Rising
from. At the end, see if any of
them have become less robotized.
See if you have become less robotized. 5. Go to the Lion House at the zoo.
Study the lions until you feel you really understand their
tunnel-reality.
6. Rent a video of the kind of
comedy that small children like—the Three Stooges, Abbott & Costello,
etc. Observe carefully, and think about what function this humor serves;
but don't neglect to laugh at it yourself.
7. Spend all day Sunday looking at
animal shows on TV (getting stoned on weed, if this is permissible to
you). Then go into the office the next day and observe the primate pack
hierarchy carefully, like a scientist. |
||
|
||
CHAPTER FIVE
DICKENS & JOYCE: THE
TWO-CIRCUIT DIALECTIC |
||
|
||
That why all parks up excited about
his gunnfodder. That why
ecrazyaztecs and crime ministers preaching him mornings. — James Joyce, Finnegans
Wake |
||
|
||
![]() |
||
THE GRACIOUS GODDESS AND
THE
TERRIFYING GIANT HAUNT
OUR
LEGENDS AND OUR
LITERATURE.
|
||
![]() |
||
Hearasay in paradox lust.
— James Joyce, Finnegans
Wake |
||
|
||
86 |
||
The shock and dismay of the infant
when the harshness of traditional toilet training introduces the
anal-Patrist second-circuit values into the previously blissful
oral-Matrist continuum is conveyed with great artistry in Dickens'
David Copperfield. So overt is this sequence, indeed, that it is
hard to believe it was actually written half a century before Freud's
clinical writings.
Dickens describes an idyllic
infanthood in which David lives with a widowed mother who can safely be
characterized as a human embodiment of the bona dea (good goddess)
of the ancients (who lingers still as the "fairy godmother" in children's
tales). Onto this happy scene intrudes the horrible step-father Mr.
Murdstone whose "Jehovah complex" makes him an avatar of the punishing
father-god. There is no way of obeying all of Murdstone's rules; there are
too many of them, and they are mostly unstated and implicit anyway. David
undergoes some monumental lashings on the buttocks (for his own
good, of course, although Dickens emphasizes in a quite Freudian way the
obvious enjoyment Murdstone obtains from these sessions). Quite naturally,
David begins to internalize this anal system of values and imagines he is
quite a guilty little wretch and richly deserves this torture. Then
Dickens inserts the following scene, when David returns from a year at
school:
I went in with quiet, timid step.
God knows how infantile the memory may have been that was awakened in me
at the sound of my mother's voice in the old parlour when I set foot in
the hall. I think I must have laid in her arms and heard her singing to me
when I was but a baby. The strain was new to me but it was so old that it
filled my heart brimful like a friend come back from a long
absence.
I believed from the solitary and
thoughtful way in which my mother murmured her song that she was alone,
and I went softly into the room. She was sitting by the fire, suckling an
infant whose tiny hand she held against her neck. Her eyes were looking
down upon its face and she sat singing to it. I was so far right that she
had no other companion. I spoke to her and she started and cried out. But
seeing me she called me her dear Davy, her own boy: and coming half way
across the room to meet me, kneeled down upon the ground and kissed me,
and laid my head down on her bosom near the little creature that was
nestling there, and put its hand up to my lips. |
||
88 Prometheus Rising
I wish I had died. I wish
I had died then, with that feeling in my heart. I should have been more
fit for heaven than I have ever been since.
The dream of return to oral
bio-security is too overt to require commentary.
Similarly, in Joyce's monumental
novel of the mind of a man asleep, Finnegans Wake, the Father and
the Father-God are always associated with war and excretion, as Joyce
scholar William York Tindall has noted. As "Gunn, the Farther," the
terrifying anal monster combines pistol, deity and flatulence; as "Delude
of Israel," he is the jealous (territorial) Old Testament "Lord of Hosts,"
i.e., of battles. His insignia, the hundred letter thunder-word which
recurs ten times in the dream, always combines Fatherhood, menace,
defecation and war: for instance, in its first appearance on page 1, it
is:
bababalalgharaghtakamminaronnkonnbronnton
nerronntounnthunntrovarrhounawnskawn
toohoohoondenthurnuk
Here we find Baba (Arabic,
father), phonetic Abba (Hebrew, father), phonetic Canbronne
(the general who so appropriately said merde when asked to
surrender the territory), phonetic Gaelic scan (crack: of thunder
or of the anus), ronnen (Germanic, excretion), the suggestive
orden implying both Germanic medal for valor and English ordure,
etc. The terrifying Father-God elsewhere "Makes his manuvres in open
ordure" and preaches all the anal-authoritarian values: "No cods before
me... Thou shall not commix idolatry... Love my label like myself." He is
the villain of the "goddinpotty" (garden party)—the trickster-god
who set the baited trap in the Garden of Eden; the ego internalized in
toilet-training (potty); the god of thunder and wrath
(god-din).
Fleeing him, the "unhappitants of
earth" always seek his opposite, ALP (German, dream; also the root of the
first letters of the Greek and Hebrew alphabets—alpha and aleph,
the source, the beginning)—Anna Livia Plurabella, when her name is
written in full: the waters of life combined with all beautiful women. She
is as oral and loving as "the Omniboss" is anal and
threatening: |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 89
...with a beak, with a spring, all
her rillringlets shaking, rock drops in her tachie, tramtokens in her
hair, all waived to a point and then all inuendation, little oldfashioned
mummy, little wonderful mommy, ducking under bridges...as happy as the day
is wet, babbling, bubbling, chattering to herself, deloothering the
fields...
This amniotic river-woman is the
perfect mother of infantile dream memory and the Great Goddess of the
ancients, the ideal bio-survival safe, warm place and to her Joyce offers
his most fervent prayer:
In the name of Annah the
Allmaziful, the Everliving, the Bringer of Plurabilites, haloed be her
eve, her singtime sung, her rill be run, unhemmed as it is
uneven!
Humanity, in Joyce's view as in
Rattray Taylor's, is forever leaving her to follow the Hero (Father) to
"the bluddlefilth of Waterloo" (battlefield of Waterloo with blood and
excrement superimposed to reveal the anal-territorial roots of war) and
then returning, temporarily chastened, "to list, as she bibs us, by the
waters of babalong."
In Chapter Three of Finnegans
Wake, the "offenders" (invaders) and "defenders" (natives) get so
thoroughly mixed up that all that remains is a composite "fender" who
takes the blame for everybody.
This cyclical view of history,
whether in Joyce, Rattray Taylor, Vico (Joyce's source), Hegel-and-Marx,
etc. is only part of the truth, but it needs to be stressed because it is
the part that most people fearfully refuse to recognize. Whether we speak
in terms of Taylor's Matrist-Patrist dialectic, Vice's cycle of Divine,
Heroic and Urbanized ages, the Marx-Hegel trinity of
Thesis-Antithesis-Synthesis, or any variation thereon, we are speaking of
a pattern that is real and that does repeat.
But it only does so to the extent
that people are robotized: trapped in hard-wired
reflexes.
When the accumulated facts,
gimmicks, tools, techniques and gadgets of neuro-science—the science of
brain change and brain liberation—reaches a certain critical mass, we will
all be able to free ourselves from these robot cycles. It is the
thesis of this book that we have been approaching that critical mass for
several |
||
|
||
|
||
go Prometheus Rising
decades now and will reach the
crossover point faster than you expect.
The current rampages of
territorial-emotional pugnacity sweeping this planet are not just another
civilization falling, Vico fashion.
They are the birth-pangs of a
cosmic Prometheus rising out of the long nightmare of domesticated primate
history
Of course, these are
genetic/historical generalizations which do not precisely match any
specific family. The gracious goddess/hostile giant archetypes are not
activated in cases where the mother is cold, rejecting, embittered etc.
and the father is the warm, supportive figure. The imprints on the first
and second circuits are statistically deviant in such families and
anything may result—a shaman, a schizophrenic, a genius, a homosexual, an
artist, a psychologist, etc.
EXERCIZE
In terms of the theory so far
developed, analyze the following characters:
;'•>
l.ScarlettO'Hara
2. King Kong
3. Odysseus
4. Hamlet
5. Bugs Bunny
6. Portnoy
7. Leopold Bloom
8. Richard M.
Nixon
9. Thomas
Jefferson
10. St. Paul
11. Donald Duck
12 lago 13. Jane Eyre
14. Josef Stalin
15. Joan of Arc
16. Timothy Leary
17. Aleister
Crowley
18. The Author
19. Mao |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
20. Carl Jung
21. The Secret
Chiefs
22. Hannibal Lecter,
M.D.
23. You |
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER SIX
THE TIME-BINDING SEMANTIC CIRCUIT |
||
|
||
It says that when you put two minds
together, there is always a
third mind, a third and superior mind, as an unseen collaborator. — William S. Burroughs and Brion
Gysin, The Third Mind
|
||
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
93 |
||
|
||
|
||
![]() |
||
HUMAN BEINGS ARE TIME-BINDERS
The third semantic circuit handles
artifacts and makes a "map" (reality-tunnel) which can be passed on to
others, even across generations. These "maps" may be paintings,
blueprints, words, concepts, tools (with instructions on use transmitted
verbally), theories, music, etc.
|
||
94 |
||
Human beings (domesticated
primates) are symbol-using creatures; which means, as the pioneer
semanticist, Korzybski, noted, that those who rule symbols, rule
us.
If Moses, Confucius, Buddha,
Mohammed, Jesus and St. Paul can be considered living influences—and they
are: look around the world—this is only because their Signal has been
carried to us by human symbol systems. These systems include words,
artworks, music, rituals and unrecognized rituals ("games") through which
culture is transmitted. Marx and Hitler, Newton and Socrates, Shakespeare
and Jefferson, etc. continue to "rule" parts of humanity in the same
way—through the semantic circuit.
We are ruled even more, and even
less consciously, by the inventors of the wheel, the plow, the alphabet,
even the Roman roads.
Since words contain both
denotations (referents in the sensory-existential world) and
connotations (emotional tones and poetic or rhetorical hooks),
humans can be moved to action even by words which have no real meaning or
reference in actuality. This is the mechanism of demagoguery, advertising
and much of organized religion.
The bio-survival circuit only
divides experience into two sets: that which is good for me or nourishing,
and that which is bad for me or threatening. The emotional-territorial
circuit also divides the world into two halves: that which is more
powerful than me (higher in the pecking order) and that which is less
powerful than me (lower in the pecking order). On this basis
socio-biological systems evolve and animal "societies" of truly human
complexity have been studied.
The semantic circuit allows us to
sub-divide things, and reconnect things, at pleasure. There is no
end to its busy-busy-busy labeling and packaging of experience. On the
personal level, this is the "internal monologue" discovered by Joyce in
Ulysses. On the historical level, this is the time-binding
function described by Korzybski, which allows each generation to add
new categories to our mental library—connecting new things, separating new
things, reclassifying and reshuffling forever. In this time-binding
dimension. Einstein replaced Newton before most of the world1
had heard of Newton; simple arithmetic gave |
||
1 Most of the world was illiterate until the
1970s.
95 |
||
g6 Prometheus Rising
birth to algebra, which brought
forth calculus, which produced tensor calculus, etc. Haydn and Mozart
prepared the way for Beethoven, who broke into the realms that the
Romantics and Wagnerians took over, which gave birth to what is called
music today.
So-called "future shock" has always
been with us, since the semantic circuit began functioning somewhere in
pre-history. In a symbolizing, calculating, abstracting species, all times
are "times of change." The process is however accelerating faster as
time passes, because the symbolizing faculty is inherently
self-augmenting.
In ordinary language, the semantic
circuit is usually called "the mind." (As psychologist Robert Ornstein
said in a recent radio show, when we say someone "has a good mind," we
generally mean they have a good mouth, i.e., they use the semantic
circuit well.)
In terms of Transactional Analysis,
the first (oral) circuit is called the Natural Child, the second
(emotional) circuit is called the Adapted Child, and the semantic circuit
is called the Adult or Computer. In Jungian terms, the first circuit
mediates sensation, the second circuit feeling, and the
third circuit reason.
The neurological components of the
first circuit go back to the oldest parts of the brain; Carl Sagan called
these functions "the reptile brain." These neural structures are at least
billions of years old. The second circuit structures appeared with the
first amphibians and mammals, somewhere around 1000 million or 500 million
years ago; Sagan called them "the mammalian brain." The semantic circuit
appeared perhaps 100 thousand years ago; Sagan called it "the human
brain." It should be no surprise that most people, most of the time, are
controlled more by the older reptilian-mammalian circuits than by the
human semantic (rational) circuit, or that the semantic circuit is so
easily perverted into false logics (bigotries, intolerant ideologies,
fanaticisms of all sorts) when the bio-survival circuit signals threat to
life or the emotional circuit flashes threat to status.
Cynics, satirists and "mystics"
(circuit V-VIII types) have told us over and over that "reason is a
whore," i.e., that the semantic circuit is notoriously vulnerable to
manipulation by the older, more primitive circuits. However much the
Rationalist |
||
Prometheus Rising 97
may resent this, it is always true
in the short run—that is, to use one of the Rationalist's favorite words,
it is always pragmatically true. Whoever can scare people enough
(produce bio-survival anxiety) can sell them quickly on any verbal map
that seems to give them relief, i.e., cure the anxiety. By frightening
people with Hell and then offering them Salvation, the most ignorant or
crooked individuals can "sell" a whole system of thought that cannot bear
two minutes of rational analysis. And any domesticated primate alpha male,
however cruel or crooked, can rally the primate tribe behind him by
howling that a rival alpha male is about to lead his gang in an attack on
this habitat. These two mammalian reflexes are known, respectively, as
Religion and Patriotism. They work for domesticated primates, as for the
wild primates, because they are Evolutionary Relative Successes. (So
far.)
The emotional-territorial or
"patriotic" circuit also contains the pack's status programs or pecking
order. Working in tandem with first-circuit bio-survival anxieties, it is
always able to pervert the functioning of the semantic-rational circuit.
Whatever threatens loss of status, and whatever invades one's "space"
(including one's ideological "head space"), is a threat to the average
domesticated primate. Thus, if a poor man has one status prop in his
life—"I'm a white man, not a goddam nigger" or "I'm normal, not a goddam
faggot" or whatever—any attempt to preach1 tolerance, common
humanity, relativism, etc. is not processed through the semantic circuit
but through the emotional circuit, and is rejected as an attack on status
(ego, social role).
The attentive reader will remember
that the grid of the first two circuits puts the pre-verbal child in a
two-dimensional world, which in the simplest of our diagrams looked like
this: |
||
Of course, preaching itself is bad
second circuit politics, since it puts you one-up on the person
preached-at. You are not one-up unless imprinted as such by being
an alpha male in the same gene-pool or conditioned as such by being a
"boss" or other authority-figure. The counter-culture of the 1960s, like
many other idealistic movements, failed because it did so much
preaching from a morally one-up position when nobody had been
imprinted or conditioned to accept it as one-up. |
||
|
|||
98 Prometheus Rising |
|||
|
|||
![]() |
SUBMIT |
||
|
|||
The third, semantic circuit seems
intimately connected with three dimensionality (although our binocular
vision, of course, also plays a role here). Specifically, right-handedness
is a human, or at least a primate, trait. Other mammals show no right-hand
preference; they are ambidextrous.
Recent neurology has shown that our
right-handedness is intimately connected with our tendency to use
the left hemisphere of the brain more than the right. (The
left-handed minority are discussed below). Indeed, we use the right
hemisphere so little in ordinary life that for a long time it was called
"the silent hemisphere."
Thus, there is a genetic
(hard-wired) preference, in most humans, for right-handed manipulations
and left-brain mentations. Now these connections seem
intimately involved with our verbal, semantic circuitry, because the left
brain is the "talking" brain. It is linear, analytical, computer-like and
very verbal. Thus, there is a neurological basis for the linkage between
mapping and manipulating. The right hand manipulates
the universe (and makes artifacts) and the left-brain maps the
results into a model, which allows for predictions about future behavior
of that part of the universe. These are the distinctly human
(post-primate) characteristics.
The left-handed, on the contrary,
specialize in right-brain functions, which are holistic, supra-verbal,
"intuitive," musical and "mystical." Leonardo, Beethoven and Nietzsche,
for instance, were all left-handed. Traditionally, left-handed people have
been the subject of both dread and awe—regarded as
weird, |
|||
|
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
99 |
||
|
|||
shamanic, and probably in special
communication with "God" or
"the Devil."1 There is thus a cross-over which
makes for a left-right polarity in both brain-functioning and
hand-functioning, each being a reverse mirror image of the
other: |
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
This double (and reversed)
right-left polarity places us neuro-logically in three-dimensional space.
Rearranging our diagram and adding the third circuit, we can illustrate
the mind-field as follows:
|
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
To visualize this two-dimensional
sketch of a three-dimen- sional system it is necessary to imagine that the advance-retreat |
|||
|
|||
1 Aleister Crowley
knew about this pragmatically, before modern neurology. He taught
his pupils to learn to write equally well with both hands, thereby forcing
the dormant right brain to spring to activity. |
|||
|
|||
IOO Prometheus Rising
axis is at right angles to the
others—that is, "see" it coming out of the page at you.
This is "Euclidean" space. It is
obvious, in this context, why Euclidean space was the first kind of space
discovered by mathematicians, and by artists, and why it still seems
"natural" to us; why some have great difficulty in imagining the
non-Euclidean kinds of space used in modern physics.
Euclidean space is a projection
outward of the way our nervous systems stacks information on the
bio-survival, emotional and semantic circuits.
Thus, the imprint sites of this
circuit are located in the left cortex and closely linked with the
delicate muscles of larynx and the fine manipulations of
right-handed "dexterity." The cortex itself is so recent in
evolution that it is often called "the new brain"; it is found only in the
higher mammals and is most developed in humans and cetaceans (dolphins and
whales).
Those extreme cases who take their
heaviest imprint on the third circuit tend to grow up cerebrotonic. They
are tall and skinny, because energy is perpetually drawn upward from the
body into the head. The caricatured evil genius, Dr. Syvlanus in Superman,
who was virtually all head, represents the extreme toward which this type
seems to be evolving. Popular speech calls them
"eggheads."
Almost always, these cerebrotonic
Third-Circuit types ignore or are hostile to their first and second
circuit functions. Playfulness puzzles them (appears silly or eccentric)
and emotions both baffle and frighten them.
Since we all contain this circuit,
we all need to exercize it regularly. Make up a schematic diagram of your
business or home and try to streamline it for more efficiency. Design a
chart that explains the whole universe. Every few years, study a science
you know nothing about, at an Adult Education center.
And don't neglect to play
with this circuit: write poems, jingles, fables, proverbs or
jokes.
REMEMBER, MR. CROWLEY
SAID:
YOU TOO ARE A STAR P.S. HE ALSO SAID: DO NOT LUST AFTER RESULTS |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
IOI |
||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
THE NEUROLOGICAL IMPRINT IS
THE BLUEPRINT FOR THE ENTIRE ORGANISM. |
|||
|
|||
IO2 Prometheus Rising
As with the earlier circuits, the
semantic circuit builds all of its conditioning and learning onto a
bedrock of hard-wired imprinting. Thus, many existentially thinkable
thoughts are socially unthinkable, since (a) everybody in a given society
has roughly the same semantic imprint and (b) this is reinforced daily by
assumptions that are mechanically taken for granted.
Thus, a genius is one who, by some
internal process, breaks through to Circuit VII—a minor neurological
miracle loosely called "intuition"—and comes back down to the third
circuit with the capacity to paint a new semantic map, build a new model
of experience. Needless to say, this is always a profound shock to those
still trapped in the old robot-imprints, and is generally considered a
threat to territory (ideological head space). The long list of martyrs to
free enquiry, from Socrates onward, shows how mechanical this neophobia
(fear of new semantic signals) is.
As Thomas Kuhn showed in The
Structure of Scientific Revolutions science itself—the apotheosis of
third-circuit semantic rationality—is not free of this neophobia. Kuhn
demonstrated, at length, that each scientific revolution took one full
generation to turn over the old world view. And Kuhn further showed that
the older scientists never are converted to the new semantic
paradigm. They are, in our terminology, mechanically hooked to their
original imprints. The revolution is complete, as Kuhn shows, only when a
second generation, not hooked to the old imprint, is able to compare the
two models and decides rationally that the newer one really does make more
sense.
But if science, the most
self-correcting of all information processing third-circuit functions, has
this one-generation time lag, what can be said of politics, religion,
economics? Time-lags of centuries, or even millenniums, are common
there.'
We commented earlier that in
bio-survival neurology, there is no time. "I just found myself
doing it," we say after passing through an automatic reflex on the
bio-survival circuit. |
||
This only refers to other
people's politics, religions and economics, needless to sag. The
reader's own opinions on these subjects are the only reasonable and
objective ones. Of course. |
||
Prometheus Rising 703
Emotional-territorial circuit
actions begin to include time as a factor. Dominance signals may not
"work": the seemingly weaker mammal may offer a counter-challenge. Two
dogs will walk around each other for several minutes growling and sniffing
(the chemical secretions of each reveals its actual degree of fear to the
other) before Top Dog and Bottom Dog becomes clear.
On the human level, we often
agonize over emotional decisions, becoming acutely conscious of time
as we hesitate. As every suspense writer knows, the principle way to
increase emotional tension is to set a time limit on a difficult or
dangerous decision. (See any Star Trek script; the time-limit is
never missing. Or see any of Irving Wallace's bestsellers. Suspense is
always increased, of course, if the time-limit is abruptly shortened just
before the climax.)
On the third circuit, time becomes
conceptualized as well as experienced. We know ourselves as
creatures of time; the "tale of the tribe," the totem pole, the Odyssey
of Homer, the Old Testament, the Vedas, etc. tell us
what came before and often contains prophecies of what will come later.
Science expands the third circuit into contemplation of time-spans that
stagger our imaginations. The very use of written languages and other
symbols like mathematics creates the time-binding sense of Korzybski: we
know ourselves as receivers of messages sent by sages "of olde" and as
potential transmitters of messages that may be scanned ages in the
future.
The fourth circuit causes us to be
even more involved in, and pressured by, time.
In closing this chapter let us be
reminded that Giordano Bruno was burned at the stake February 18, 1600,
for teaching that the earth moves. Was he guilty or
not?
EXERCIZES
1. If you are a Liberal,
subscribe to the National Review, the country's most intelligent
(and witty) conservative magazine, for a year. Each month try to enter
their reality-tunnel for a few hours while reading their
articles.
2. If you are a Conservative,
subscribe to the New York Review of Books for a year and try to get
into their head-space for a few hours a month. |
||
IO4 Prometheus Rising
3. If you are a Rationalist,
subscribe to Fate magazine for a year.
4. If you are an occultist, join
the Committee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal
and read their journal, The Skeptical Inquirer, for a
year.
5. Buy a copy of the Scientific
American and read any article in it. Ask the following questions: Why
do they sound so sure? Does the data support dogmatism at this point, or
is dogma a primate habit (defending head-space)? Will these
theories still be believed in 2011? In 2593?
6. Get into a discussion of
philosophy with an educated Marxist, an intelligent Moslem and a Japanese
businessman at the first opportunity.
7. Buy some ZOOM or LIFT (two names
for the same caffeine-high stimulant) at a Health Food Store. (This gives
a close approximation of the effects of illegal cocaine.) When you are
Zooming or Lifted and your mind is racing, find a victim and explain the
universe to him or her, until they are able to escape
you.
What you experience in this "speed
rap" is what the head of the compulsive Rationalist is always like.
This is the verbal circuit gone wild and totally oblivious to information
coming in on any other circuit. It explains why most people cannot stand
Rationalists. "Speed" drugs evidently trigger neuro-transmitters
characteristic of the verbal centers of the left
cortex. |
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER SEVEN
THE
TIME-BINDING DIALECTIC: ACCELERATION & DECELERATION |
||
In the dialectic between nature and
the socially constructed world, the human organism is transformed. In this
dialectic man produces reality and thereby produces
himself.
— Berger and Luckman, The Social
Construction of Reality |
||
|
||
105 |
||
|
||
The first and second circuits are
Evolutionary Stable Strategies. They have worked, in more or less the same
form, not just for primates but for other mammals, and for many other
species, over vast aeons of time.
The third, semantic circuit is an
Evolutionary Unstable Strategy. It could very accurately be called
revolutionary rather than evolutionary.
The first two-circuits are based on
negative feedback, in the biological sense. They maintain
hotneostasis —that is, they return, over and over, to the same
ecological-ethological balances. The function of negative feedback is to
return to such a steady state.
The time-binding semantic circuit
is not based on such steady-state positive feedback. It is a mechanism of
what cyber-neticists and biologists called positive feedback. It
does not return to a steady state, but constantly seeks a new equilibrium
at a higher energy level. (Negative feedback returns to a fixed point,
like a thermostat. Positive feedback seeks a moving goal, like a guided
missile.)
The first two circuits maintain
that which is (more or less) constant in human affairs. They are totally
cyclical, and relate directly to the cycles found in history by
Vico, Hegel and similar philosophers.
The third circuit has always been
hemmed-in and heavily sanctioned with rules, laws, prohibitions, taboos,
etc. because it breaks up such cycles. It leads, if unleashed, to an
upward-hurtling spiral.
In societies where .the third,
semantic circuit has been partially unleashed—it has never been totally
freed in any society—the upward spiral immediately appears. This used to
be known as "progress," before that word became
unfashionable.
The upward spiral (whether we
call it "progress" or not) is characteristic of what Karl Popper calls
Open Societies. These are secular, humanistic societies—cultures
relatively free of taboo and dogmatism.
Such freedom, up to and including
the present, is only relative, because many taboos are unconscious
and pass themselves off as "common sense" or "common decency," etc.
Whoever challenges them is by definition a "heretic," by definition a
"traitor," or by definition "an irresponsible nut."
707 |
||
IO8 Prometheus Rising
(Rationalists, who dominate in
relatively Open Societies, also have their own taboos, as we shall
see.)
It was historian Henry Adams who
first conceived the idea that there might be a mathematical expression
describing the rate of change of human societies.
Under the influence of Newton's
physics, Adams suggested— and he was very tentative about this: a fact to
be remembered by those who ridicule his "naivete"—that the utilization of
energy might move forward as the inverse square of time just as
Newton's gravity functions as the inverse square of
distance.
Accepting the anthropology of his
day, Adams assumed humanity in its present form was about 90,000 plus
years old. He then reckoned that it took most of that time to arrive at
Galileo, the scientific method, the beginnings of the Industrial
Revolution, and the great leap forward in energy utilization
characteristic of the "modern" age, or the Open Society.
Since 300 is the inverse square of
90,000, Adams assumed that the next great leap was happening while he was
writing, around 1900—300 years after Galileo. Looking about him, he
decided this next jump to higher energy was occurring in the researches of
the Curies, :who had discovered radioactivity. As many commentators have
noted, it is impossible to read Adams on this subject without feeling that
he is very accurately forecasting the Atomic Age.
Adams went further, with the
exhilaration of a great idea. Since 17 plus is the inverse square of 300,
he predicted that the next great evolutionary stage would begin in 1917
plus. And, since the inverse square of 17 is 4 plus, he predicted the next
step in around 1922. By then, he said, we should have infinite energy at
our disposal. It didn't quite work out that way.
Nevertheless, Henry Adams was on
the right track. His math was just over-simplified.
Also "on the right track" was
Henry's brother, Brooks, who was also looking for "laws" in history.
Brooks observed a pattern which may or may not be entirely true but
is as approximately true as the similar generalizations of Vico, Hegel,
Marx and Toynbee. Every civilization, Brooks Adams proposed, goes through
four stages: |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 109
1.The monopolization of
knowledge by priests. E.g., the Egyptian priests kept written language
a secret among themselves, as did the May an priests.
2. The monopolization of
military power by conquerors who made themselves States or
governments. E.g., "a French bastard" (Tom Paine's description of William
the Conqueror) lands on the shore of England with a superior
technology—warriors on horse versus native warriors on foot—and he becomes
King. His relatives and sycophants become
Lords-of-the-land.
3. The monopolization of the
land by these land-Lords. The extraction of tribute ("rent") from
those who live on the land.
4. The monopolization of the
issue of currency by National Banks. The extraction of tribute
("interest") for each piece of currency put into
circulation.
Most civilizations seem to have
gone through at least three of these stages, not always consecutively.
Some have passed through all four.
Brooks Adams also noted that
centralized capital (the accumulation of wealth in the hands of a
few inter-related families) seems to have been moving steadily West
throughout recorded history. The first major accumulations are to be found
in Sumer; the center of money-power then shifted to Egypt, to Greece, to
the Italian peninsula, to various parts of Germany, and then to London. At
the time Brooks Adams was writing (c. 1900) he saw the balance teetering
between London and New York, and he predicted that the decline of the
English Empire would shift the balance to New York within the first half
of the 20th Century. He seems to have been right. Brooks Adams had no
theory as to why this Westward movement of wealth had been going on
for 6000 years. He merely observed the pattern.
The shift is still continuing, in
the opinion of many. For instance, Carl Oglesby in The Cowboy vs.
Yankee War, sees American politics since 1950 dominated by a struggle
between "old Yankee wealth" (the New York-Boston axis, which replaced
London after 1900) and "new Cowboy wealth" (Texas-California
oil-and-aerospace billionaires). As of 1997, it looks like the Cowboys are
winning; which is what one would expect if there were a real "law" behind
Adams' East-West migration of capital. |
||
no Prometheus Rising
One night in 1919, Count Alfred
Korzybski awoke from a vivid dream, tears of joy streaming down his face,
with a vivid sense that the passing of signals from generation to
generation— the third circuit time-binding function—was what distinguished
us from the other primates.
Korzybski originally suggested that
time-binding could be defined mathematically. He dropped this idea
later—his math was as inadequate as Henry Adam's—but it is worth looking
at for a moment, to retrace the steps by which the actual Law of
Acceleration was discovered.
What Korzybski assumed at first was
that if all the inventions, discoveries, etc. of some hypothetical first
generation of humans could be represented by P, and the rate by
which the second generation could surpass this by R, then,
mathematically, the sum total of inventions, discoveries etc. at the end
of the second generation would be PR. Quite true, algebraically.
Then, after a third generation, the stockpile would be PRR. And
after four generations, PRRR.
Generalized, this becomes PRt,
where (t) is the number of generations from whatever generation
you have picked as your base-line.
The curve of PRt, if you put
it on graph paper, ascends more rapidly with each generation. Korzybski
was looking straight at what Alvin Toffler later called "Future Shock" and
was trying to write a mathematical formula for it.
Many variables in
economic-technological history do, in fact, fit Korzybski's PRt
function; but others do not. The math, again, was too simple; and
everything does not change at the same rate. Nonetheless,
Korzybski, like Henry Adams, was groping toward the truth: acceleration is
real, and it is intimately connected with time-binding, the passing
of signals between generations.
What underlies the accelerations
noted by Henry Adams and Korzybski is nowadays known as the selection of
negentropy out of stochastic processes. Our understanding of
this is chiefly due to almost-simultaneous discoveries (1946-48) by
quantum physicist Erwin Schrodinger, mathematician Norbert Weiner and an
electronics-communication expert at Bell Laboratories, Claude
Shannon. |
||
Prometheus Rising in
A stochastic process is a random
series, but it is a special kind of random series. In a stochastic
process, some agent or agency is making selections—picking out of the
randomness a pattern that is not random.
A pattern that its not random
is known mathematically as information.
Information can also be defined as
organization, or as coherence.
Gregory Bateson has defined
information as "differences that make a difference."
Information—coherence—"differences
that make a difference"—Korzybski's Time-Binding—these are all
aspects of the unpredictable. If you know something already, or can
predict it easily on the basis of what you do know, it is not information
for you. Conversely, if you don't know something, or can't predict it, it
is information.
The dynamism of evolution, we
repeat, is the selection of information, coherence, out of a random series
of events. The emergence of information can be illustrated crudely by the
following three poemlets:
Roses are red
Violets are blue Sugar is sweet And so are you Unless the reader has lived in
relative isolation from American-English folk-culture, this poem had very
little information for him. You could guess what was coming every step of
the way. But consider by contrast:
Roses are red
Ink is black Do me a favor Go sit on a tack This crude jest (of grade school
origin) has more information for more readers, because it is less
predictable. Another leap in information-content occurs in Steve
Alien's:
Roses are
red
Violets are
blue
You think this will
rhyme
But it ain't
gonna |
||
H2 Prometheus Rising
The humorous unpredictability of
this poem gives it, mathematically, a higher information level than the
predictable Valentine poem we started with. If this is still obscure, try
it in terms of Bateson's elegant simplification: "Information is
difference that makes a difference."
Information is also known
mathematically as negative entropy or, in a widely used abbreviation,
negentropy.
Entropy is a measure of the
deadness of a system. Negentropy or information is a measure of the
liveliness of a system.
Evolution is always a matter of
at least two stochastic processes, each one acting as "selector" of
the other(s). That is, in non-living systems, where no such "selection" is
involved, entropy (lack of coherence) steadily increases, as stated in the
famous Second Law of Thermodynamics. In living systems, due to stochastic
co-selection, negentropy (information) steadily increases. In
Schrodinger's phrase, "Life feeds on negative entropy." Life
is an ordering, selecting, coherence-making
process.
Without getting embroiled in
metaphysics, life (evolution) behaves as if it were always aiming
at higher coherence, i.e., higher intelligence.
This process accelerates because it
is, as Shannon demonstrated mathematically, logarithmic. Logarithmic
processes are such that if you put them on graph paper, the curve rises
more and more all the time.
Hence, the accelerations noted by
Adams and Korzybski are human increments in a process that has been innate
in evolution all along.
The human increment accelerates
faster than pre-human evolution because through the third, semantic
circuit and its symbols (words, maps, equations etc.) we are able to
pass information (negative entropy: coherence) from generation to
generation.
World-wide wealth in terms of "Real
Capital" (plants in operation, actual known resources etc.) has been
doubling every generation since economists started collecting
statistics in the 18th Century.
Where does this wealth come from'?
According to orthodox economists it comes from land, labor, and capital.
According to Marxists, it comes from land and labor alone, and the
capitalist is a thief who has inserted an artificial bookkeeping system
into the |
||
Prometheus Rising 7/3
process. Both are wrong.
Land and labor alone, and land, labor and capital together, can't
produce new wealth if they are all organized by a fallacious idea, such as
searching for oil where oil is not. The real source of wealth is correct
ideas: workable ideas: that is, negative
entropy—Information.
The origin of these coherent
(workable) ideas is the human nervous system. All wealth is created by
human beings using their neurons intelligently.
A neurotic young man once went to a
Zen Master and asked how he could find peace of mind.
"How can you lack anything," the
Roshi asked "when you own the greatest treasure in the
universe?"
"How do I own the greatest treasure
in the universe?" asked the young man, baffled.
"The place that question comes from
is the greatest treasure in the universe," said the Master, being more
explicit than is common for a Zen teacher.
Of course, as a Buddhist, the
Master had taken a vow of poverty and did not mean exactly what we mean
here. But he knew that the brain produces all that we experience—all our
pain and worry, all our bliss states and ecstasies, all our higher
evolutionary vistas and trans-time Peak Experiences, etc. It is also "the
greatest treasure in the universe" in the most materialistic economic
sense: it creates all the ideas which, socially employed, become
wealth: roads, scientific laws, calendars, factories, computers,
life-saving drugs, medicines, ox-carts, autos, jet planes,
spaceships...
If you are not alone in the
wilderness, lift your eyes from the page and look about. All that you see,
whoever theoretically "owns" it, is the time-binding product of the
materialized or manifested ideas of creative men and women. It is all
negative entropy. Coherent order.
And it is moving toward higher and
more coherent order at a faster rate-of-change all the
time.
Of course, if you are alone
in the wilderness, you will also see coherent order, but in this case, the
rate-of-change toward higher order is much slower. That is, those
stochastic processes which we call genetic drift, evolution etc. are
co-selecting higher order at a different time rate than those stochastic
processes which we |
||
114 Prometheus Rising
call human thought, invention,
culture etc. (This is why it is so hard to reach agreement about whether
the natural processes are intelligent or not. As Bateson points out, if we
accept any ordering process as intelligent, then the biosphere is indeed
intelligent; but if we save the word "intelligence" only for those
ordering processes that move at the same speed as our brains, then Nature
is merely mechanical, not intelligent. To an extra-terrestrial with a
different time-sense than ours, this question would not arise at
all.)
Most of what we perceive in the
human environment is made up of concretized ideas, in the above sense.
Look again at a human community; you are seeing the historical human mind
manifesting itself.
All ideas are not equally good, of
course.
All manifested ideas (human
creations in the biosphere) are, therefore, not equally
good.
This is why John Ruskin, a century
ago, tried to introduce a distinction between wealth and illth.
This distinction did not become accepted and incorporated into our
language because people, at that time, were not ready for
it.
Wealth, in Ruskin's sense, consists
of all those artifacts (concretized ideas) which enhance human life, or
life generally. Illth consists of those artifacts which destroy, demean or
degrade life. A factory that pollutes the air or water is illth in this
sense; so is a bomb, a sword, a pistol, a tank of
nerve-gas.
The Westward migration of Capital
noted by Brooks Adams was a migration of both wealth and
illth.
Obviously, under primitive
planetary conditions—finite space and finite resources—the illth was
perceived as necessary to protect the wealth. Territorial politics are
much the same among domesticated primates as among other mammals; the
primates are just smarter at building more omni-lethal weapons faster.
This was originally a survival trait, an Evolutionary Relative Success,
because primates are born without the physiological, inbuilt weaponry
(lethal teeth, claws, horns etc.) of other mammals.
Since the Age of Reason in the 18th
Century, the exponential increase in wealth (life-enhancing ideas
manifesting) has led to more and more Utopian yearnings. At the same time,
the equal |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
and opposite increase in illth has
led to more and more dystopian
and apocalyptical fears. |
||
![]() |
||
CAPITAL HAS MOVED STEADILY
WESTWARD BECAUSE
NEW IDEAS ALWAYS APPEAR ON THE EXPANDING WAVE One's expectations about the
future—Utopia or dystopia—are always based on what one thinks is the
dominant force in evolution. This whole book, not just the present
chapter, is based on the belief that an overview of evolution shows beyond
all doubt that wealth-producing faculty (the search for higher coherence)
is the deciding factor. The illth-producing faculty is an archaic
mammalian survival system rapidly becoming obsolete.
The highest historical
concentration of wealth (real capital, and ideas generating new capital)
now co-exists with the highest concentration of evolutionarily advanced
nervous systems. |
||
Il6 Prometheus Rising
In California, Oregon, Alaska,
British Columbia. Arizona, Texas, the Hawaiian Islands, Japan and all
around the Pacific, where East meets West, the world of 2000 and 2010 and
2050 is being created by persons who are veterans of a gigantic
Neurological Revolution—the psychedelic pioneers of the 1960s, the
graduates of the Consciousness Movement of the 1950s-70s, the synthesizers
of modern psychology and ancient Oriental mind-sciences. These persons are
called the Aquarian Conspiracy by Marilyn Ferguson, one of their
spokespersons. They are denounced as the Me Generation by Tom Wolfe, a
time-traveler from New York, i.e., from the neurological past, from
a culture crystallized before 1950.
This "Me Generation" is the
temporary high water mark of the time-binding function. Moving
steadily Westward—away from Tradition, away from Dogma—they are the
products, as Edmund Burke said of the first Americans, of "the dissidence
of dissent and the Protestantism of the Protestants." Every heresy that
left Europe produced newer, wilder heresies in the Eastern Seaboard,
1600-1800. Those that were "too far out" had to move further West and
produced the 1000 Utopian communities (anarchist, evangelical, free-love,
etc.) that were attempted in the mid-West during the 19th Century. Those
who were even further "out"—out of the traditional mode—moved further
Westward in the last 30-70 years.
All of the fallout of this
migration seems weird to the Eastern states, and even weirder to
Europeans.
It all became much weirder still
when it hit the Pacific and began to interact with Oriental neuro-sciences
and brain-change arts, like yoga and Taoism and Zen.
It swallowed the Oriental lessons
whole, without becoming Oriental entirely. It remained
Western—the dissidence of dissent etc.—and it has been gaining momentum
and direction for two or three decades now.
It aims at Higher Coherence and
Higher Intelligence.
This is the new Power
Elite.
As youngsters, these Aquarian
Conspirators made the Youth Revolution of the 1960s, which—whatever its
excesses and blunders—permanently changed and improved
student-administrator-teacher feedback in our universities; liberated our
Puritan |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising ilj
culture for some healthy hedonism;
imported a dozen varieties of Oriental neuro-science (and two dozen
varieties of Oriental humbug, alas); launched the ecology movement (the
first planet-wide perception of the difference between wealth and
illth); recreated a true love of the wilderness and of wild
creatures: pioneered flex-time and other liberations from economic
robot-hood;1 launched Women's Lib, Gay Lib, Child Lib and
generously supported Black Lib; ended the Vietnam War; spread holistic
medicine throughout our culture; etc.
The same group is now leading the
computer revolution; spearheading the drive toward Space Migration;
supporting the Hunger Project, which will abolish starvation in our
lifetimes; leading the Longevity revolution and the search for
immortality; etc.
And they are all very conscious of
being part of the Intelligence Intensification explosion which is the
major topic of this book.
This type of "Western
progressivism" (or Utopianism) came out of the mid-East and is the
distinct contribution of the Jews, which is why all reactionaries are
intuitively anti-Semitic. As William Blake wrote of this
tradition:
The Prophets Isaiah and Ezekiel
dined with me, and I asked them how they dared so roundly to assert that
God spoke to them; and whether they did not think at the time that they
would be misunderstood & so be the cause of
imposition.
Isaiah answer'd: 'I saw no God, nor
heard any, in a finite organical perception; but my senses discover'd the
infinite in everything, and as I was then persuaded & remain confirmed
that the voice of honest indignation is the voice of God, I cared not for
consequences, but wrote.'
This vision of the infinite in
everything is common to East and West; what is distinctly Western, out of
the Jews, is the voice of honest indignation against every institution
which would deny or demean the infinity within each human soul. The
release of our full human potential—to let the light of Prometheus shine
everywhere—is the distinctly Western mystic
tradi- |
||
|
||
Virtually all the computer
manufacturing firms in Silicon Valley (the peninsula south of San
Francisco) have flex-time. The employees choose their own working
hours. |
||
|
||
Il8 Prometheus Rising
tion and does not appear in
Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism or any Eastern religion.
Thomas Jefferson developed his view
that "all men are created equal" from the perception of the infinity
within each of us, which he learned from the Scottish philosophers, Reid
and Hutcheson. (It was also from Hutcheson that Jefferson got his idea of
"unalienable rights," which Congress in the interest of stylistic elegance
altered to "inalienable rights.") The Scottish Enlightenment, like the
French and English Enlightenment, was the beginning of the materialization
and manifestation of the Judeo-Christian vision of the Heavenly
City.
It was also this 18th Century
Illuminati circle which introduced the concept of progress—the
conscious formulation of the symbolism of Prometheus. This vision has been
under so much attack in recent decades that to defend it at all will seem
archaic and eccentric to many readers.
Nonetheless, evolution is real:
quantum jumps do occur throughout the biosphere and throughout human
intellectual history. We are riding a mounting tidal wave of rising
consciousness and expanding intelligence which is accelerating whether we
like it or not.
By and large, most people—and
especially most ruling elites—have not liked this acceleration factor. The
migration of capital (i.e., ideas) Westward has been largely a
flight from oppression, an escapist movement—as critics today describe
Space as "escapist." Everywhere, everywhen, the rulers of society have
tried to put a brake on the third circuit, to decelerate the
acceleration function, to establish limits on what was printable,
discussable, even thinkable.
The Greek myth of Prometheus
Bound—the Titan who brought Light to humanity and is eternally punished
for it—is the synecdoche, the perfect symbol, of how the third circuit has
been handled in most human societies.
The peculiar way most societies
have imprinted the fourth, socio-sexual circuit—the weird taboos which
restrain us all, in every tribe, however technologically "advanced"—is
part of the acceleration-deceleration dialectic. |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
The fourth circuit has been largely
imprinted to serve as a brake, holding back the free activity of the
time-binding semantic circuit.
This is the historical function of
taboos and "morality."
EXERCIZES
1 . Compare Greece in the 4th
Century BC, Rome in the First Century AD, Southern Europe at the beginning
of the Renaissance, England c. 1600-1900, New York c. 1900-1950, and
California today. Note the accumulation of wealth corresponding to the
accumulation of heresies, innovations, cults, kooks, pioneers, inventors
etc.
2. Imagine you put a penny on the
first square of a chessboard, two cents on the second square, four cents
on the third, etc. How much will you have to put on the sixty-fourth
square'? This is how time-binding works, in relatively Open
Societies.
3. Read the denunciations of
Galileo by the orthodox of his time.
4. Read the denunciations of
Beethoven, of Picasso, of Joyce by those who knew in advance what music,
painting and novels should be.
5. Are the most important
scientific ideas of 1997 going to be published in Scientific American
in 1997, or in 2017?
6. Research how many years passed
between the publication of Einstein's paper on Special Relativity and the
acceptance of the idea by the majority of
physicists. |
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER EIGHT
THE "MORAL" SOCIO- SEXUAL CIRCUIT |
||
|
||
As the caterpillar chooses the
fairest leaves to lay her eggs on, so
the priest lays his curse on the fairest joys. — William Blake, Marriage of Heaven &
Hell
|
||
|
||
![]() |
||
121 |
||
|
||
|
||
The socio-sexual circuit is
activated and imprinted at adolescence, when the DNA signal awakens the
sexual apparatus. The teenager becomes the bewildered possessor of a new
body and a new neural circuit oriented to orgasm and sperm-egg fusion. The
pubescent human, like any other rutting animal, lurches about in a state
of mating frenzy, every call gasping for the sexual
object.
Imprint vulnerability is acute, and
the first sexual signals to turn on the adolescent nervous system remain
fixed for life and forever define the individual's sexual
reality.
We should not be surprised,
therefore, at the various fetishes that are so easily acquired at these
sensitive moments.
In fact, we can tell precisely at
what period in time a person was sexually imprinted by noting which
fetishes continue to turn him or her on. Black garters, booze, cool
jazz, and crew cuts define the sexual signals of one imprint
group (generation) just as rigidly as sleeping hags, marijuana, heavy
rock and tight jeans define another.
As Masters and Johnson have pointed
out, most sexual dysfunctions are hooked into the nervous system at these
adolescent moments of acute imprint vulnerability; their archetypal case
is that of a male who, about to mate for the first time, in the back seat
of a car, was traumatized by a policeman flashing a light on him and his
paramour. The imprint of that ghastly moment was hooked for decades: the
male remained impotent until reim-printed by Masters and Johnson in their
clinic.
The choices of heterosexuality or
homosexuality, brash promiscuity or timid celibacy, etc. are usually
imprinted by exactly similar accidents at points of imprint vulnerability.
Just as bio-survival anxiety or security are imprinted by accidents in the
nursing period, emotional domination or submission by accidents in the
toddling period, symbolic dexterity or "stupidity" by the accidents of the
learning environment.
Primitives (so-called) know these
facts and surround all the points of imprint vulnerability with rituals,
"ordeals," "rites of passage," etc. well designed to imprint the desired
traits of a well-integrated member of that tribe at that time. Relics of
these imprint ceremonies survive in Baptism, Confirmation, Bar Mitz-vahs,
Marriage Ceremonies, the Masonic "raising," etc. |
||
723 |
||
|
||
124 Prometheus Rising
It is important to realize that
chance, genetics and malice (anger) are among the "accidents" that create
imprints at the points of vulnerability.
Most humans do not, due to
accidents of this sort, imprint exactly the socio-sexual role demanded by
their society. The fourth circuit can almost be called the guilt
circuit: almost everybody, almost everywhere, is quite busy hiding
their real sexual profile and miming the "accepted" sex role for their
gender in their tribe.
In ordinary language, the imprint
on the socio-sexual circuit is generally called "the mature personality"
or the "sexual role." It is "the Parent" in the jargon of Transactional
Analysis.
It is amusing to note that Freud
recognized the first circuit as the oral stage, the second as the anal
stage and the fourth as the genital stage. He did not notice the third,
semantic circuit— perhaps because as an obsessive Rationalist he was so
absorbed in verbal and conceptual programs that they were invisible to
him, as water may be to fishes. Similarly, Jung described the first
circuit as the sensational faculty, the second as the feeling
faculty, the third as the rational faculty—and skipped the
socio-sexual circuit entirely. (There may be a clue here as to why Jung
could not abide Freud's fourth-circuit emphasis and built a separate, less
sexual psychology of his own.) Jung then went on to lump all the higher
circuits under the rubric of the faculty of
intuition.
It is the function of the nervous
system to focus, to select, to narrow down; to choose, from an infinity of
possibilities, the biochemical imprints which determine the tactics and
strategies that ensure survival in one place, status in one
tribe.
The infant is genetically prepared
to learn any language, master any skill, play any sex
role; in a very short time, however, he or she becomes mechanically,
robotically, fixated to accept, follow and mimic the limited offerings of
his social and cultural environment.
In this process, each of us pays
a heavy price. Survival and status mean forfeiting the infinite
possibilities of unconditioned consciousness. The domesticated primate,
inside the social reality-tunnel, is a trivial fragment of the potentials
for experience |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
125 |
||
|
|||
and intelligence innate in the
110,000000,000-cell human bio-
computer. As Robert A. Heinlein wrote: A human being should be able to
change a diaper, plan an invasion, butcher a hog, design a building, conn
a ship, write a sonnet, balance accounts, build a wall, set a bone,
comfort the dying, take orders, give orders, cooperate, act alone, solve
an equation, analyze a new problem, pitch manure, program a computer, cook
a tasty meal, fight efficiently, die gallantly. Specialization is for
insects.
But as long as we remain on the
antique circuits we are not very different from the insects. That is, just
as the insects repeat their four-stage program (egg, larvae, chrysalis,
adult) from generation to generation, we repeat our four-stage cycle also.
The antique circuits are genetically conservative. They ensure the
survival and continuation of the species, but do no more. For future
evolution we must look to the futuristic circuits.
|
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
SPECIALIZATION IS FOR
INSECTS |
|||
|
|||
126 Prometheus Rising
|
||
![]() |
||
It is sometime mistakenly stated
that there are no universal sexual taboos. This is not true. There is one
omni-purpose taboo which exists in every tribe.
That taboo stipulates that
sexuality shall not be unregulated by the tribe. That is, even
though no other taboos are universal, the taboo against living without
taboos remains constant. Every tribe has its own set of verbots and
thou-shalt-nots, but no tribe allows the individual to choose his or her
own set.
An American President may not marry
his own sister (if he wants to get re-elected); an Egyptian Pharaoh had
to marry his own sister. Confronted by this moral relativism, many
social scientists have failed to notice the invariable: both the President
and the Pharaoh are expected to obey local rules. So are the
Samoan, the Russian, the Eskimo and the Cuban.
Why is there this taboo against
sexual self-definition and self-actualization? Why is it that, while no
two societies can agree on what is sexually "good" and sexually "bad,"
every society thinks that it must make some
definition? |
||
1 The Gurdjieff titles
are deliberately negative, since he was trying to get people off these primitive circuits and into the futuristic circuits. |
||
Prometheus Rising I2J
The answer is that our first
humanoid (symbolizing and conceptualizing) ancestors were very ignorant,
but not at all stupid. They were ignorant of the laws of genetics, but
they were smart enough to suspect that such laws exist. Sperm-egg fusion
is surrounded by violent taboos and fierce tribal conformity because the
survival and future evolution of the gene pool depends upon which
particular spermatozoa reaches which particular
ovum.
Etymologists confirm the Freudian
theory that there are ancient linkages between the words for the sacred,
the erotic, the obscene, the awe inspiring, the awe-ful, the divine, the
"thrilling." All of these are primitive, powerful physiological
responses to the mysteries of sexual attraction, mating,
reproduction, inheritance, genetic drift, future evolution. The
earliest god-forms found by archeologists are pregnant goddesses and
ithyphallic gods. The most intolerant, bigoted and recalcitrant of all
prejudices—the very last to fade away after cosmopolitaniz-ing contact
with other tribes having different values—are the taboos concerning the
right way to reproduce. If one nation insists that the head of state
must marry his sister, and another insists that he must not, both are
acting on the assumption that the right way must be found and
rigorously enforced.
There are unknowns in the area of
sexual attraction—He likes Her, but She doesn't like
Him.
There are unknowns in the area of
mating—a young couple can make love once, and the woman becomes
pregnant, yet another couple make love for three years and the woman
remains barren. Very puzzling and frightening for primitives, in New
Guinea or New Jersey. |
||
|
||
|
|||
128 |
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
GODS AND GODDESSES ARE SEXUAL AND
GENETIC PROGRAMS EXPRESSED IN PRIMITIVE SYMBOLS |
|||
|
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
729 |
||
|
|||
There are unknowns in the area of
reproduction—why twins? Why three boys in one family and three
girls in another? Why miscarriages and stillbirths?
There are unknowns in the area of
inheritance—"Why doesn't my son look like me?" many a domesticated
primate has wondered uneasily, leading to a great deal of paranoia and
male chauvinism.
There are unknowns in the area of
genetic drift—modern researchers recognize twelve or more
variables, but still have more questions than answers.
There are unknowns in the area
of future evolution—"Where do we come from, what are we, where are
we going?", the title of Gauguin's greatest painting, is the basic
ontological question; the totem-pole, like the treatise on sociobiology,
is an attempt to answer.
Amid all these unknowns—of sexual
attraction, mating reproduction, inheritance, genetic drift, future
evolution—the shamans of every tribe try to establish guide-posts to
tribal (gene-pool) survival.
Thus "morality" is
invented.
|
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
Sexual attraction, mating,
reproduction, inheritance, genetic drift and future evolution are all
stochastic processes. (That is, processes in which, out of a random
series, some "intelligence" or something that can be metaphorically
conceived as an intelli- |
|||
|
|||
/JO Prometheus Rising
gence, is selecting a final
outcome.) That these stochastic processes overlap, as shown in our
diagram, is intuitively obvious; and it is also obvious that the future is
being "selected" every step of the way.1 Taboo and morality are
tribal attempts to govern the random element—to select the desired
future.
"Morality" attempts to control the
stochastic evolutionary process at two points—interfering between sexual
attraction and sexual consummation (Mating) by taboos and commandments, or
else interfering between mating and reproduction. The latter case is
represented by infanticide a widespread birth-control measure always
justified by the local shamans on magical grounds, e.g., the infants
selected for sacrifice are breach births, or birth-marked, or twins, or in
some way stigmatized by the "gods." The actual function of such practices,
of course, is population control; and such customs are most common on
isolated islands where runaway population would be a disaster. Similarly,
the Judaic taboos functioned to channel all sexuality into increased
population, since the ancient Jews were surrounded by large and pugnacious
Empires eager to conquer them; they needed more boys for soldiers and more
girls to breed soldiers.
The most "idiotic" and
"superstitious" taboos, from the Rationalist viewpoint, always had some
function when invented. For instance, the most "pointlessly" elaborate
(non-genetic) "incest" taboos, in which virtually everybody in the tribe
becomes unavailable sexually to everybody else, force exogamy
(marriage outside the tribe). This creates affectional alliances
(family ties) between tribes and decreases warfare. Something like this
primitive exogamy survived into very recent times, in the custom of
marrying one royal family to another.
Every form of "morality" is, of
course, irksome on some level to everybody, because no individual ever has
exactly the sexual imprint desired by the tribe. The more
sophisticated totem-cults (the "higher" religions, so dubbed by
themselves) take account |
||
1 That the whole chain
is "intelligent" or manifests "intelligence," is the Lamarckian heresy
which Darwinians have never quite been able to kill; every time it is
buried, it rises again in new form. Two most able recent arguments of the
neo-Lamarckian or meta-Lamarckian position, which the reader is cordially
urged to read, are Timothy Leary's The Game of Life and Gregory
Bateson's Mind and Nature. |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
of this by the doctrine of
atonement. In one form or another, this allows the individual to be
ritually "forgiven" periodically for not being the perfect sexual robot
decreed by tribal morality.
This becomes hilarious only when
one realizes that most of what domesticated primates are asking their
priests to forgive them for consists of what Kinsey so accurately called
"normal mammalian behavior."1
|
||
![]() |
||
Time-binding (the transmission of
symbols and tools across generations) begins on the third circuit. Acute
consciousness time is, however, intensified on the fourth
circuit.
1 This only refers to
the silly and inferior religions of other people, of course, and has no
reference to the Sublime Truths of the reader's own
religion. |
||
7J2 Prometheus Rising
The principle function of the
socio-sexual circuit, in the higher primates, is to form an adult
personality—a parent.1 By definition, the parent is one who
cares for the young of the species; by genetic necessity, the parent also
cares about the young. In symbolizing humans, this means planning,
hoping and having aspirations. In the language of the mystics, this means
being "attached" and "trapped on the wheel of karma"; the first effort in
most mystical traditions is to break this fourth-circuit attachment by
taking a vow of celibacy.
The fourth circuit is located in
the left neo-cortex—the newest part of the left hemisphere of the
brain It is linked neurologically with the genitalia and the
breasts (fucking-hugging-embracing-protecting
circuitry).
Persons who take their heaviest
imprint on this circuit are beautiful. That is, their entire body
has received so many sexual neurotransmitters from the brain that they are
constantly radiating the "attractive" mating signals that make up
our perception of what is "beautiful" in a human being.
According to accidents of
imprinting, they can be coldly calculating exploiters, totally
repressed Puritans or carry some other negative traits but they always
look like (send the signals of) the ideal
fucker-lover-protector.
Once formulated, "morality" serves
as not only a check on genetic drift but a brake against Circuit III
innovation. The |
||
1 Homosexuality (like
left-handedness) is probably included in the genetic script to serve
auxiliary functions. In most primitive societies, the homosexuals (and the
left-handed) are shunted into shamanic roles. In more complex societies
they are (like spinsters and heterosexual bachelors) usually shunted into
intellectual or artistic roles, which have quasi-shamanic functions of
making, breaking or transforming cultural signals. Those who claim any
perennial sexual variation is "against nature" are underestimating
nature's variety, diversity and economy. The "mutation" of Leonardo de
Vinci, a left-handed homosexual, was needed to break up the signal of the
dying medieval reality-tunnel and remake our perceptions into the
reality-tunnel of post-Renaissance scientific humanism. His success is
registered by the fact that a Leonardo painting is still the "norm" of
what we mean by realism, i.e., most people (including right-handed
heterosexuals) are living in the scientific-humanist "space" this man
invented. |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
shamans, priests etc. define
which ideas are "moral" and which are "immoral." Anything new —
anything that will break the tribal cycle, i.e., take us out of cyclical
mythic "time" into linear, progressive, revolutionary "time" — is usually
defined, very quickly, as "immoral."
To say that religion and
priestcraft have played a conservative role in history is an
understatement. One might as well say that bubonic plague has killed a few
people, or that Hitler was a little bit strange. The chief role of
religion has always been reactionary. This is its evolutionary
function, in the dialectic of the circuitry of the brain.
Circuit III, unchecked, is like a
cocaine monologue. You can't remember anything, because everything is
changing too fast. This is profoundly disorienting to the average
domesticated primate, so the tribal moralists keep stability and
tranquility by acting as decelerators,
The average person, similarly, is
philosophically most "open" and "curious" before the adult sex role
of parenthood is elected. After reproduction, there is little time
for Circuit III speculations, and (because of the sanctions every tribe
places upon "heresy," i.e., new ideas) there is also little
inclination.
Thus, Circuit III tends to take us
out of tribal cyclical time into linear progressive time; but Circuit IV
loops us back into the cycle again.
Homosexuals may or may not be the
chief creators of cultural innovation, as some Gay Pride advocates claim;
but it is certainly true that they have done more than their share. The
reason? They are not trapped into parent roles.
These four circuits are coded, with
four permutations of each, into the "court cards" of the Tarot
deck.
Thus the Knight of Discs,
representing earth/earth according to the occultists, is the pure
First-Circuit type — all sensation, all oral demand, all viscerotonic.
Behind their alchemical, Cabalistic, theosophical jargon, most books on
Tarot are describing this type when they discuss this card. The pure
undiluted "Momma's boy." |
||
|
|||
134 |
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
IMPRINTING THE SOCIO-SEXUAL CIRCUIT
A and B represent socially "good"
and socially "bad" sex, according to the tribe, Al, A2 and A3 represent
individual imprints—personally "good" sex (what the individual is
imprinted to like)—and Bl, B2 and B3 personally "bad" (what the individual
doesn't like). If Axis A1-B1 is only slightly tilted, the individual is
fairly "normal" (in that society). If A2-B2 is tilted more; the individual
is "neurotic" (in that society). If A3-B3 is tilted much further; the
individual is a "pervert" (in that society). |
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising 755
The Queen of Discs, or earth/water,
is a mixture of first and second circuit
traits—sensational-viscerotonic-oral and emotional-egotistic-political.
You better be damned careful to call her Ms.
The Prince of Discs, or earth/air,
is a blend of first and third circuits—oral demand and rational
calculation. Probably, a very sharp and sharkish lawyer.
The Princess of Discs, or
earth/fire is first-circuit orality mixed with fourth-circuit sexuality.
This fusion of exhibitionism with enflamed eros means she's probably
starring in porn movies. In all Disc cards, the first circuit predominates
over the others.
The Queen of Cups, or water/water,
is emotion and territorial demand. Nelson Algren had her in mind when he
said, "Never bed down with a woman who has more problems than
you."
The Knight of Cups, water/earth, is
emotion plus sensation. The pure predator, marauder, thief, rapist or
sociopath.
The Prince of Cups or water/air is
emotion plus reason. The humanist, humanitarian, liberal; an ideal
Unitarian minister.
The Princess of Cups is water/fire:
an explosive mixture of egotism and sexuality. Scarlett O'Hara. The
femme fatale.
The Prince of Swords is air/air:
all pure undiluted intellect. His feet never touch the earth; he lives
amid floating abstractions. The monk-scholar.
The Knight of Swords is air/earth:
reason and oral exhibitionism. The actor, orator, demagogue—sometimes the
artist.
The Queen of Swords is air/water;
reason plus emotion. The greats in science and art are generally of this
imprint group.
The Princess of Swords is air/fire:
reason and sexuality. The good parent; usually the Puritan, but sometimes
the crusader for "sexual freedom." In any case, the motivating drive is an
attempt to impose abstract reason upon the genetic imperatives of the
mating urge.
The Princess of Wands is fire/fire:
sexuality at its most powerful. These types are usually, but not
necessarily, quite promiscuous; sometimes they pour all their erotic
energy into one mate and raise huge families, parenting being a strong
part of the fourth circuit; e.g., J.S. Bach, who may have written the
sexiest music in history, had twenty children. |
||
136 Prometheus Rising
The Knight of Wands is fire/earth:
sexuality and sensationalism. The Playboy. Reich's "Phallic
Narcissist."
The Prince of Wands is fire/air:
sexuality plus reason. These types are likely to get involved in the kind
of empirical mysticism that is not tolerated by the local
Authorities—e.g., the Tantrists in India, the Knights Templar and witches
in medieval Europe, Aleister Crowley and Wilhelm Reich most recently.
(Crowley said this card was a portrait of his "True
Self.")
The Queen of Wands is fire/water:
sexuality and emotional politics. The law courts have a steady parade of
this type passing through every day.
The clever Cabalists who designed
this pictorial key to the four primitive circuits included a clue to
higher consciousness. For they teach that each element in traditional
alchemy (earth, air, fire, water) corresponds to one of these Tarot suits
(discs, swords, wands, cups) and to one of the letters in the Holy
Unspeakable Name of God—YHVH. The correspondences are as
follows:
Y fire wands CIRCUIT
IV
H water cups CIRCUIT
II
V air swords CIRCUIT
III
H earth discs CIRCUIT
I
The logic of this imagery is
quite clear to the unconscious mind, and these associations appear
frequently in dreams, as Jung documented in Psychology and
Alchemy. |
||
|
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 137 |
||
![]() |
||
The aim of the Cabala is to make
the microcosm mirror the macrocosm"; that is, to make the human being a
perfect image of "God." This means putting together the four "alchemical"
elements symbolized by the letters Y, H, V, H. In other words, bringing
the four circuits into balance.
This is the same lesson as taught
in the Buddhist mandalas with four demons at the corners and the circle
representing awakening in the middle.
The "married look," "the "Mom and
Dad look," etc., which are not scientific concepts but which everybody can
recognize at once, have to do with an acute time-sense. The parent
is concerned not just with acquiring bio-survival tickets for personal
nurture, but with acquiring tickets for the young, and for the
future.
Behaviorists tell us wonderful
stories about the intricate patterns that can be conditioned into
experimental animals. See they say we have, by selective reinforcement,
trained this rat so that at the sound of a bell, he runs up a ladder,
presses button A, races across a plank and down another ladder, presses
button B, dashes across the cage and waits at the food-slot for his meal
to arrive.
Lest anybody think this book is
written from a perch of superiority, consider the similar, but more
complex, behavior which the author followed for twenty years. He would set
an alarm |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
clock before sleep every night.
When the alarm woke him, he would breakfast hurriedly, rush off to catch a
bus, ride to a subway, change to the train, ride to an office building,
rush through the lobby, board an elevator, ride to a certain floor, enter
an office, and toil at repetitious (and generally pointless) tasks for
eight hours. This behavior sequence had been shaped, as B.F. Skinner would
say, by reinforcement delivered every second week in the form of
bio-survival tickets (money). These tickets were necessary to the
bio-survival of four dependent children.
The reader of this book can
probably remember, somewhat dimly, the imprinting and conditioning of each
of these circuits.
We all began as infants in a
one-dimensional world, orally hooked to Mommy. The further away from Mommy
we crawled, the greater was our bio-survival anxiety, and we generally
returned to Mommy as quickly as possible. The key imprint incidents of
this period, together with associated conditioning, determine, concretely,
how much we currently exhibit of:
ANXIETY OR
SELF-CONFIDENCE
ROOTEDNESS OR
EXPLORATIVENESS
DEPENDENCY OR
INDEPENDENCE
Then, when the DNA sent the
appropriate RNA messenger molecules to the glands, endocrine system, etc.
a mutation occurred. Our gross morphology — our whole body —
changed, and our "minds" changed in the process. That is, our
reality-tunnel dilated into two-dimensions, when we rose up and
began to walk about the house, and started learning who we could
dominate, who could dominate us, who could be dominated (emotionally
bullied) at some times and not at others, etc. We developed out of
amorphous bio-survival consciousness into stubborn individual
ego. We were imprinted and conditioned with a particular style of
emotional-territorial "politics."
At this stage we were imprinted and
conditioned for: |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 139 |
||
DOMINANCE OR
SUBMISSION
SELF-CONFIDENCE OR
SELF-DOUBT
STRONG EGO OR WEAK
EGO
HIGH PACK STATUS OR LOW PACK
STATUS
GIVING ORDERS OR TAKING
ORDERS
"HERRENMORAL" OR
"SKLAVMORAL"
We were subsequently conditioned to
switch between these reflexes depending on whether the person we were
dealing with was Higher in the pecking order or Lower in the pecking
order. (Middle-class people, e.g., Reagan conservatives, John Birchers,
etc. will always revere those Higher in the pecking order; and,
equally, will always have some reason to persecute—peck at— the poor, who
are Lower in the pecking order. Hence, they will say and even believe,
that they are being robbed by the poor on Welfare—who get about 4% of the
tax dollar—and never "notice" that the military-industrial complex is
getting 72% of their tax dollar. This is normal mammalian
sociobiology.)
After this second-circuit
reality-tunnel is wired in, the organism molts and mutates again into the
verbal stage, and a third circuit style of mentation imprinted. That is,
on top of protoplasmic consciousness and mammalian ego, we acquire human
mind, which is created by and creator of human artifacts and
speech.
Feral children, who survived in
isolation from human society (artifacts and speech), have .no "mind"
in the human sense; which is why they are called
feral.
In the semantic stage of imprint
vulnerability we acquire either:
FLUENCY OR
INARTICULATENESS
DEXTERITY OR
CLUMSINESS
"GOOD MIND" OR "DUMB
MIND"1 |
||
Why do we say "dumb" (mute) for
stupid? Because "a good mind means a good mouth," and the human mind is a verbalizing circuit. |
||
140 Prometheus Rising
At puberty, another DNA trigger
fires and RNA messengers initiate another morphological mutation of
body-mind. The "adult personality" is imprinted and conditioned. We
become:
"MORAL" OR
"IMMORAL"
ROBOT-OBEDIENT OR
ROBOT-DISOBEDIENT
SOLID CITIZEN OR SEXUAL
OUTLAW
"PARENT" OR
ANARCHIST
Lack of understanding of these
morphological changes, and their persistence in imprint circuits in the
brain, is responsible for most failures in communication, and for
the general sense of exasperation with which we too often confront each
other. Since everybody's imprints are a little bit different—the
average is that which nobody totally is1—we all feel at
times like the legendary Quaker who told his wife, "All the world is mad
but me and thee, and sometimes I wonder about thee."
Reichians, disciples of Dr. Spock
and the Summerhill School, etc. have called attention, with some
impatience, to the brutality and stupidity of many of our traditional
child-rearing methods. These methods are "brutal" and "stupid" only if,
like the above-mentioned heretics, one regards the goal of child-rearing
as the production of a sane, balanced, creative [NOT CRATED] human being.
THIS HAS NEVER BEEN THE GOAL OF ANY SOCIETY IN THE REAL WORLD. The
traditional childrearing methods are quite logical, pragmatic and sound in
fulfilling the real purpose of society, which is not to
create an ideal person, but to create [CRATE] a semi-robot who mimics the
society as closely as possible—both in its rational and its irrational
aspects, both as the repository of the wisdom of the past and as the sum
total of all the cruelties and stupidities of the past. Very simply, a
totally aware, alert, awakened (unbrainwashed) person would not fit
very well into any of the standard roles society offers; the damaged,
robotized products of traditional child-rearing do fit into those
slots. |
||
1 James Joyce justified
anarchism on the grounds that "the state is concentric and the individual is eccentric." |
||
Prometheus Rising 141
That is, there is a
neuro-sociological "logic" to the illogical. Are traditional schools very
much like mini-prisons? Do they stifle imagination, cramp the child
physically and mentally, and run on various forms of overt or covert
terrorism? Of course, the answer is an unambiguous yes; but such
schools are necessary to train people for roles in the ordinary office or
factory or profession, which are also very much like mini-prisons, stifle
imagination, cramp the person physically and mentally and run on terror
(threat of loss of bio-survival tickets, in the form of pay-checks or
tenure).
The permissive movement in
child-rearing appeared only when it did, and has succeeded only to a
limited extent, because society has always needed and still thinks it
needs human robots. Utopian child-rearing will advance further,
necessarily, only as society itself evolves out of authoritarianism. That
is, as the accelerated changes now occurring propel us into the most rapid
period of social evolution in all human history, we will then need
citizens who are not robots, who are creative; who are
not docile, who are innovative; who are not
narrow-minded bigots, who are explorers in every sense of the
word.
Traditional child-rearing began to
falter only when society began to enter into the present period of
accelerated change and technological omni-transformation of all
traditional values.
Failures in communication generally
derive from sending a message to the wrong address. That is, your husband
has an ego problem and you send a message to his mind.
Adapting a diagram from Transactional Analysis what has happened is
this:
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
142 Prometheus Rising
The message is addressed from
Circuit I to Circuit IV. It means "I feel weak; help bolster me up." If
the answer comes back from Circuit III to Circuit III, "Well, let's
analyze the problem..." there has been a Wrong Address.
Of course, this example is
deliberately untypical, although not impossible. It is untypical because
women traditionally are trained not to make this kind of mistake—to
be "emotionally sensitive," to be "supportive," etc. It is much more
likely, statistically;, that this kind of Wrong Address will go the other
way— husband to wife. That is, the wife signals "Help!" and the husband on
Circuit III says, "Let's analyze the problem..."
We have said that the imprinting of
the circuits contains a large element of accident (within genetic
parameters). Society, everywhere, without understanding this theory,
understands enough pragmatically about imprinting processes to
attempt to program each individual for his or her assigned role. Hence,
traditional girl-rearing is different from traditional boy-rearing, so
that women will have more Circuit II "sensitivity." Again Women's
Liberation, like modern child-rearing, arrived only when we were
evolutionarily ready or nearly-ready for it. The traditional system
worked in traditional societies.
Similarly, class structure, like
the caste structure in an insect hive, works to produce the "right"
imprints in each class. The third circuit of the servile class or
proletariat is imprinted chiefly for manual dexterity, while the same
circuit in middle-class or ruling-class children is imprinted for verbal,
mathematical or other symbol-using skills
Democracy has been less than a
total success—and the intellectual's half-shamed cynicism about democracy
is justified—to the extent that traditional society did not need, could
not use, and in many ways discouraged the development of high verbal
("rational") skills in the majority of the population. That is,
concretely, most people are not encouraged to be very smart, and are
rather heavily programmed to be comparatively stupid. Such programming is
what is needed to fit them into most traditional jobs. Their bio-survival
circuitry works as well as that of most animals, their
emotional-territorial circuitry is typically primate, and they have little
third-circuit "mind" to verbalize (rationalize) with. Naturally, they
usually vote for the charlatan who can |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 143
activate primitive bio-survival
fears and territorial ("patriotic") pugnacity. The intellectual looks at
the dismal results and continues to believe in "democracy" only by an act
of Blind Faith similar to the way beliefs in Catholicism or Communism or
snake-worship are maintained.
Again, the traditional system
works, for traditional society. A mass made of people who have
intense curiosity about why Beethoven went in for string quartets after
the Ninth Symphony, or whether Kant really refuted Hume satisfactorily, or
what the latest quantum theories mean in relation to Determinism
and Free Will, is not a mass that will easily be led into dull,
dehumanizing labor at traditional jobs.
Why did Adlai Stevenson lose to Ike
Eisenhower, George McGovern to Tricky Dicky Nixon, etc.? It was the Wrong
Address problem again. Stevenson, McGovern and other darlings of the
intelligentsia were speaking to the third circuit, which is not very
highly developed in most domesticated primates yet. Eisenhower in his
Fatherly way, and Nixon in his bullying Big Brother way, knew just how to
push the right Second-Circuit emotional-territorial buttons to get a mob
of primates to follow them. They were genetically programmed alpha males,
in etho-logical terms.
Similarly, the Moralist (i.e., the
Adult Personality who has imprinted heavy Ethical imperatives on Circuit
IV) is often totally unable to communicate with the scientist or
technologist. The Moralist may even decide—many already have—that the
scientist per se is "inhuman." In fact, morals are fairly
irrelevant to the Third Circuit analytical mind, which is the brain
function the average scientist has imprinted most powerfully. To the third
circuit, the only morality is accuracy, the only immorality is sloppy
thinking.
Again, the rise in "social
conscience" among scientists is happening only when it was evolutionarily
necessary that it happen, i.e., after Hiroshima. If it doesn't seem to be
happening widely enough and quickly enough, well, the same can be
said—also in error, I think—about modernizing education and childrearing,
about Women's Liberation, about racism, etc. The rebellion against all the
follies of the past is succeeding, and will continue to succeed, only as
we evolve into a society which needs each |
||
144 Prometheus Rising
human to function well on all
circuits. We are moving with ever-
increasing speed, into such a society. What the impatient radical forgets
is that many of the "injustices" of the traditional primate society were
not even perceived as such by the best minds of 1000 years ago or
100 years ago, or in the case of institutionalized sexism, even 30 years
ago. If we can see injustice and absurdity in many age-old institutions,
it is only because we are evolving out of robothood, at precisely the
point in evolution when it is necessary for us to become smarter and more
sensitive on all circuits.
Each of us has a "favorite"
circuit—that is, a circuit that has been more heavily imprinted than the
others. Miscommunication, misunderstanding and general misjudgment of one
another is vastly increased by the fact that few of us know about these
levels of circuitry, and we all tend to assume that the person we are
interacting with is on the same circuit we are.
Thus, there are narcissistic (oral)
first-circuit types in every social group. Present them with a problem and
they will immediately look for somebody else to handle it, since the oral
stage is robotically imprinted for dependency. (Or, if they have imprinted
hostile weakness instead of dependent weakness, they will explode into
anger—infantile tantrum—raging that a problem exists and that it has been
imposed on them.)
A second-circuit type, in the same
situation, will attempt to frighten the problem away by barking and
blustering at it, mammalian-fashion.
A third-circuit type will try to
reason out the problem. This is the best approach only with
problems that are themselves rational, i.e., "How do you make this machine
work?" It can be blind, and futile, when the "problem" is another human
being acting out one of the more destructive second-circuit rage
programs.
("The liberal is the one who leaves
the room when the fight starts," somebody once said. Third-circuit types
are most confused and feel impotent when second-circuit mammalian politics
takes over the scene.)
A fourth-circuit type will try to
be rational (third circuit) and to sense the emotional dimensions of the
problem (second circuit) but will basically try to impose a moral
solution: "Now this is the decent, fair thing to do..." This may or
may not make |
||
Prometheus Rising 745
sense to the third-circuit
Rationalist, looking for objective justice; and it will usually make no
sense at all to the totally second-circuit type dominated by emotionalism
and territoriality.
What is true of the group is true
of the individual. While we all have our favorite circuit, and tend to see
that circuit as "superior" to all the others, we can be pushed out of it
by shocks or stresses, in which case we jump to another
circuit.
The most robotic Rationalist will
descend to the first circuit, eventually, if threat to bio-security is
forcibly enough presented on the screen of consciousness. And, if
prevented from "leaving the room when the fight starts," the Rationalist
will even descend to second-circuit mammalian howling and barking, under
sufficient pressure. (Oliver Wendell Holmes referred to this as "the
hydrostatic principle in controversy," whereby the fools drag everybody
down to their own level.)
The most robotic Emotionalist may
also move up to the third circuit, temporarily, if a problem remains
intractable to every form of emotional bullying or
con-artistry.
All of us will move into
fourth-circuit Parent role or Super Ego—even little children will do it,
imitatively—if it seems that the only way to get what one wants is to
appeal to tribal morality: "Why, it would be positively, indecent
not to do it the way Grandfather would..."
"Give us the child until he is
five, and we will have him for life," bragged some 18th Century Jesuit.
The Jesuit order of that time, as Aldous Huxley later noted sardonically,
educated Voltaire, Diderot, and the Marquis de Sade; obviously their
techniques of brain-programming were not perfect. Nonetheless, most people
in most societies do grow up as fairly accurate replicas of the previous
generation. Most children educated by the Jesuits have remained Catholics.
Most children of Democrats do not become Republicans.
Etc.
Considering the wide variety of
philosophies available to any of us—nudism and Buddhism, scientific
materialism and snake worship, Communism and vegetarianism, subjective
Idealism and Existentialism, Methodism and Shinto, etc.—the fact that most
people remain in the same reality-tunnel as their parents, does indicate
that acculturalization is a mind control process. We are all giants,
raised by pygmies, who have learned to walk with |
||
146 Prometheus Rising
a perpetual mental crouch.
Unleashing our full stature—our total brain power—is what this book is all
about.
There is a Zen story (very
funny—ha-ha) about a monk who, having failed to achieve "enlightenment"
(brain-change) through the normal Zen methods, was told by his teacher to
think of nothing but an ox. Day after day after day, the monk thought of
the ox, visualized the ox, meditated on the ox. Finally, one day, the
teacher came to the monk's cell and said, "Come out here—I want to talk to
you."
"I can't get out," the monk said.
"My horns won't fit through the door."
/ can't get
out...
At these words, the monk was
"enlightened." Never mind what "enlightenment" means, right now. The monk
went through some species of brain change, obviously. He had developed the
delusion that he was an ox, and awakening from that hypnoidal state
he saw through the mechanism of all other delusions and how they robotize
us.
EXERCIZES
1. Recreate vividly in
imagination your first orgasm. To what extent do you still use the same
accessories (stimuli) to turn you on?
2. Try to change your sexual
imprint. See if you can reach orgasm by some method that has been taboo or
unthinkable to you before.
3. Imagine that you are Rev. Jerry
Falwell. Explain to an imaginary homosexual why his sexual imprint is
"sinful" and should be changed at once. Include instructions on how to
change it.
4. Imagine that you are a Gay man
or Lesbian. Explain to Rev. Falwell why you will not or can not change
your sexual imprint to please him.
5. Read Margaret Mead's Sex and
Temperament in Three Primitive Societies. Then write a five-page proof
that the taboos in our tribe make more sense objectively than the taboos
of the tribes she studied. Be serious about
it! |
||
Prometheus Rising I4J
6. Choose the viewpoint of the
Samoans in Dr. Mead's book above. Write a five-page proof that their
taboos make more sense than those of our society. Be serious about
it.
7. Re-read the paragraphs about the
giraffe and the gosling. What does this tell you about your sexual
imprint? What is your jeep or your ping-pong
ball? |
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER NINE
MINDWASHING &
BRAIN PROGRAMMING |
||
|
||
We have certain preconceived
notions about location in space
which have come down to us from ape-like ancestors. — Sir Arthur Eddington, Space,
Time and Gravitation
|
||
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
149 |
||
|
||
|
||
The greatest Utopian possibility
before us is also the greatest dystopian terror.
We are learning more and more about
the pragmatics of brain change: how to alter anybody's brain so as
to set them in a totally new "reality." Visions of 1984 and
Brave New World lurk in this very concept.
But we are also learning how to
change our own brains— learning to use them for fun and profit rather than
for misery and robothood. Visions of Super-Humanity are implicit in any
perception of what this means.
The brain can be tuned, like a TV,
to turn off any channel, and to bring in a new channel. This is what the
veterans of the 1960s-1970s Neurological Revolution know. This is the
major threat, and the major promise of our time.
Consider the
alternatives.
CYANIDE AND SYNCHRONICITY
In November 1978, I was in Seattle
to see the 10-hour play which Ken Campbell had made out of the three
Illuminatus! novels by Bob Shea and myself. In the course of the
drama came a scene Shea and I had almost forgotten writing in the seven
years since the books were finished in 1971. The scene concerned a lunatic
messiah who orders 3300 of his robot disciples to commit suicide by
drinking cyanide. The mindless automatons obey and each drinks his cyanide
cocktail.
Shea and I had written that bizarre
sequence to illustrate the extremes to which brainwashing can go. We both
regarded it as an extravagant fantasy, for satirical purposes—an
exaggeration of our serious theme.
Yet while the actors on the stage
were depicting this "fantasy" every TV and newspaper in the land was
discussing the exact same species of mass zombie behavior. Our fictional
maniac guru was Adolph Hitler; in November 1978, while our play was being
performed, another maniac-guru, Jim Jones, had played the whole sequence
out in reality. In Guyana, he had ordered 900 of his robots to drink
cyanide and they had all obeyed.
It was particularly interesting to
me that Jones had staged his Gotterdammerung while our play was
having its American |
||
/52 Prometheus Rising
premiere. It was even more
interesting that the tool of mass suicide, in our fiction and in Jones'
reality, had been cyanide.
Carl Jung, the psychologist, and
Wolfgang Pauli, the physicist, had a name for peculiar coincidences of
that order of eeri-ness. They called them synchronicities and said
they represented an acausal and/or holistic principle in nature that acts
outside the linear past-present-future of Newtonian time.
Pauli, like most quantum
physicists, was aware that subatomic events cannot be understood in
Newtonian terms and must require some sort of acausality
(indeterminism) or holism (super-determinism) to explain
them. In either case, the distinction between "observer" and "observed"
breaks down. (About that, more later.)
Jung, in turn, had observed that
such synchronicities—weird coincidences—tend to occur when certain deep
structures in the psyche are activated. He assumed that these structures
were at what he called "the psychoid level," below the collective
unconscious, where mind and matter are not yet distinct—the quantum foam
out of which matter and form and consciousness hierarchically
emerge.
Wait. It gets weirder..;
»
HEIRESS TO BANK ROBBER
When Patty Hearst was kidnapped by
the Symbionese Liberation Army on February 4, 1974, she was a "normal"
young heiress. She was attending a normal college, had a normal live-in
boyfriend and smoked a normal amount of weed for a young heiress of that
time. 57 days later, she had become a new person, with a new
name—Tania—and was living in a new reality-tunnel.
Where Patty had been heterosexual,
Tania was bisexual. Where Patty largely accepted the Hearst family
tunnel-reality with only a few "liberal" modifications typical of her age
group, Tania was a violent and fanatic revolutionary. Where Patty had been
respectful to her parents, Tania denounced them as "corporate liars" and
castigated them as being involved in a capitalist plot to "murder" the
poor people of the U.S. "down to the last man, woman and child." Where
Patty had been "nice" |
||
Prometheus Rising 753
and polite and certainly
non-violent, Tania had her photo taken holding a tommy-gun and assisted in
at least one bank robbery and perhaps other felonies.
What had happened? When Patty-Tania
was captured and brought to trial, the defense claimed that she had been
"brainwashed." The jury either did not understand or did not believe this;
they sentenced Patty to prison for the crimes Tania had committed. Debate
about this case continues to the present, since some people think Ms.
Hearst was "responsible" for the consciousness change she underwent while
held captive by the SLA and others are just as sure she was not
"responsible."
Leaving metaphysical questions of
"responsibility" aside for a moment, it seems obvious that a young lady of
Hearst's class and background would almost certainly not have taken up
bank robbing if she had not first been kidnapped and incorporated by the
SLA.
Since the SLA called itself an
army, let us compare it to an army; this may prove
illuminating.
One does not get kidnapped into an
army the way Hearst got kidnapped into the SLA, but the process is not
entirely dissimilar. U.S. Army recruiters do not break into a young man's
house in the middle of night with guns, as the SLA did with Patty: they
simply send the young man a notice in the mail. Nonetheless coercion
is there; the young draftee knows that if he ignores the letter,
government agents will be around to seize his body in a short while,
(unless he flees the country.) He will then either go into the army or
into jail. Thus, whether we are speaking about the S.L. Army or the U.S.
Army, the subject is reduced to infantile helplessness: other people are
deciding what is to be done to his or her body. One is pushed to the
neonate position of being one foot high in a six foot tall world, as it
were. Like the small child, one is learning that the first rule of
survival is to obey.
Most people (except nudists) are
shy about appearing naked in public—and this is the most common of all
nightmares, "There I was with no clothes on!" (Joyce made this the central
incident in the dream that is all dreams, Finnegans Wake.) The
first step in leaving the civilian reality-tunnel and being initiated into
the Army reality-tunnel is, thus, the physical examination, in which the
subject is stripped naked and made to march around
a |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
||
large building with other naked
victims while the fully-clothed Army personnel give the briefest possible
orders: "Stand up. Sit down. Go there. Come back here," etc. The Masonic
initiation, which only removes part of the clothing of the subject, is a
milder version of the stripping away of previously secure social
parameters.
What is really being "stripped
away" is more subtle; it is the whole social system in which one has lived
before being snatched by a U.S. or an S.L. Army. When the doctor tells the
naked draftee, "Bend over. Spread your cheeks," so-called normal reality
has ended as totally as if the victim had been incorporated into a
surrealist movie. If an employer becomes too obnoxious, one can always
find a new job. You cannot walk out on the U.S. or S.L. Army that way,
because acute first-circuit helplessness is being
imprinted.
When the Russian mathematician,
Ouspensky, was first studying with Gurdjieff, he had great trouble
understanding Gurdjieff s insistence that most people are machines and
totally unaware of the objective world around them. Then, one day, after
World War I had begun, Ouspensky saw a truck full of artificial legs.
These artificial legs were being sent to the frontline hospitals, for
soldiers whose legs had not even been blown off yet, but whose legs
would be blown off. The prediction that these legs would be blown
off was so certain that the artificial legs were already on their way to
replace the natural legs. The prediction was based on the mathematical
certainty that millions of young men would march to the front, to be
maimed and murdered, as mindlessly as cattle marching into a
slaughterhouse.
In a flash, Ouspensky understood
the mechanical nature of ordinary human
consciousness.
( "I can 't get out — my horns
won 'tfit through the door. ")
Initiation into the "Manson family"
is not dissimilar. Lynette Fromme was much like Patty Hearst — a "normal"
American young woman, with less money than Hearst, but no special
proclivity for criminal behavior. After passing through General Manson' s
basic training, Lynette had become Squeaky Fromme and was convicted for
pointing a gun at the U.S. President with seeming intent to assassinate
him. |
||
Prometheus Rising 755
In the next chapter we will explain
further how being captured ("drafted") by an army is the model of all
brainwashing experience.
Human society as a whole is a vast
brainwashing machine whose semantic rules and sex roles create a social
robot.
The concept of "washing" is, of
course, unscientific and crude. The brain is not a dirty garment but an
electro-colloidal information processor—a living network of over 110
billion nerve cells capable of (102733000) interconnections, a
number higher than the total of all the atoms in the universe. In this
elegant, micro-miniaturized biocomputer more than 100,000,000 processes
are programmed every minute.
From the viewpoint of
neuro-sociology, how I perceive "myself and "my world" depends on how each
circuit has been wired in my brain. Society has always known how to wire
children; the process is called acculturalization; it explains why
children of Catholics tend to become Catholics, children of Samoans fit
into Samoan society, children of Communists become good little Communists,
etc. Each generation "brainwashes" the next.
Christianity, Buddhism and Islam,
between them, are the most potent brain-programming institutions on this
planet. Approximately half the art and philosophy of the human race—the
architecture, the music, the paintings, the literature, the educational
ideals, the "great ideas"—has been influenced by and/or nurtured by these
three great systems of theology. This is not to denigrate the
contributions of Confucianism, Judaism, Hinduism, modern science, etc.,
but merely to emphasize the extent to which the higher civilizations have
been shaped by the four creators of these three omni-religions: Buddha,
Mohammed, Jesus and St. Paul. What did these four men have in
common?
As Aleister Crowley points out, "No
point of doctrine, no point of ethics, no theory of a 'hereafter' do they
share, and yet in the history of their lives we find one identity amid
many diversities."
Buddha was an ordinary Hindu
nobleman, and then he experienced a rapid brain-change, after which he
became a great Teacher.
Mohammed was a humble camel-driver,
with no sign of exceptional intelligence or ambition, and then he
experienced a |
||
156 Prometheus Rising
rapid brain change, after which he
became Teacher, Conqueror, Law-Maker and Prophet.
We hear nothing of Jesus (save a
few fables) until the age of 30, when he experiences a rapid brain-change,
and puts forth a doctrine that is to overturn the Roman Empire and
influence Western Civilization until the present.
St. Paul, who took the teaching of
Jesus and turned it into a militant movement, suffered an extreme form of
brain-change, of which he tells us that he was temporarily struck blind
and lifted up into the heavens where he beheld things "of which it is not
lawful to speak."
On all else but the experience of
Illumination they disagree. Buddha insisted that his enlightenment was
perfectly natural—
"Are you a God?" he was once
asked.
"No."
"Are you a saint?"
"No."
"Then what are
you?"
"I am awake."
Mohammed informs us that he "spoke"
to the Angel Gabriel, Jesus that the "Father which is in heaven" spoke
through him, and St. Paul that he saw the lights and wonders above
mentioned.
Making every possible reservation
about fable and myth, we get this one coincidence: A nobody experiences
rapid brain-change (consciousness dilation) and abruptly becomes very much
a historical Somebody. Much of the human race is still living on the
legacy of these four bio-electrical "illuminations," for good and for
ill.
Most people (the present author
included) would consider what happened to Patty Hearst "bad" and what
happened to Buddha "good." It needs to be emphasized that both the "bad"
and the "good" brain change experiences are functionally the same. The
process is modeled, on a small scale by any design such as the
following: |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising /57
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
If you have seen this only one way,
look at it again. There are two opposite ways of seeing
it.
When your whole world, not just a
design on a book-page, is transformed this way, you are experiencing the
kind of brain-change that can turn a rich heiress into a bank robber, an
obscure carpenter into a Messiah, or an ordinary bank teller into a mental
patient...
Similar forms of major brain-change
underlie all revolutionary breakthroughs in the arts, and in science as
well. Neuro-sociology is a history of massive brain changes, as we
quantum-jumped from "tribal" reality to "feudal" reality, from "feudal"
reality to "industrial" reality, and now are jumping to Future
Reality.
Consider the revolution against
death, if you think you haven't been brainwashed.
Not all people have accepted
mortality. Mystics, of course, have always insisted there is a species of
"spiritual" immortality, but aside from that, Taoists in China and
alchemists in Europe spent hundreds of years seeking the elixir of life
that would allow for physical immortality. Paracelsus, for instance, left
behind some of his sperm with directions to a student on how to revive or
recreate him out of it. (He seems to have had a crude and inaccurate idea
of cloning.) In the 1780s, both Benjamin Franklin and Condorcet, in
America and France, wrote that medical science would eventually conquer
death along with every other disease.
The modern immortalist movement
began with physicist R.C.W. Ettinger who published The Prospect of
Immortality in 1964. Ettinger, who had entered a reality-tunnel
different from the imprinted consensus-reality of our tribe, said bluntly
that we could be the generation that abolished death and we should
start working for that goal. |
||
158 Prometheus Rising
Since then, research on
life-extension and longevity has quantum jumped rapidly. Numerous books
have come forth carrying the same basic message as Ettinger's. Among them
have been:
The Biological Time Bomb,
Taylor, 1968
The Immortalist, Harrington,
1969
The Immortality Factor,
Segerberg, 1973
Here Comes Immortality,
Tucille, 1974
Prolongevity, Rosenfeld,
1976
No More Dying, Kurtzman,
1978
The Life Extension Revolution,
Kent, 1980
Dozens of societies have been
founded for anti-aging research, to lobby for more research, or just to
publicize the possibility before us—the enormous evolutionary jump from
mortality to immortality. Among these groups are: Committee for the
Elimination of Death, San Marcos, CA.; Bay Area Cryonics Society, San
Francisco, CA; Prometheus Society, Baltimore, MD.; Long Life, Chicago,
IL.; Alcor Foundation, San Diego, CA; Foundation for Research Against
Disease and Death, New York, NY, etc. Now consider the cover of a recent
book on this topic: Conquest of Death Alvin Silverstein, Ph.D. The
front jacket says, in bold type but timid words:
A Controversial Look at the
Revolution in Medicine and
Why We May Be the Last Generation to Die Note the pessimistic implications:
immortality is coming, but not for me and you. We are still
condemned to death. Our horns won't fit through the door.
This fatalistic version of Dr.
Silverstein's message must have seemed necessary to the publishers because
they felt that saying we don't have to die would be too shocking to
the ordinary reader. What? You and I live forever? Nonsense! Our
reality-tunnels have all been imprinted to end with the dying of the
light.
Inside the jacket, a more accurate
version of what Dr. Silver-stein is saying appears:
We Need Not Be the Last
Generation to Die— We Can Conquer Death in Our Time |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 759
Evidently, putting this on the
front of the book would have been too much of a "Neurological Revolution"
for the average reader—at least in the publisher's
estimation.
One has to reach page 189 of the
book to find Dr. Silver-stein's own estimate of the probable chronology of
immortality, which is:
GOOD NEWS FOLKS
c. 1983 We begin to halt the
aging process
c. 1989 Life span prolonged indefinitely c. 1999 Conquest of disease and death Well, he was over-optimistic: but
we've definitely reached the first step (1997).
Who told you that you had to die?
Were they any more infallible than the people who programmed Patty Hearst,
etc.?
"But—but—the Immortalists are
only a minority..." (So were the Einsteinians in
1910.)
"But—but—Reverend Jones told me to
drink the cyanide and he knows what's right..."
"But—but my horns won't fit through
the door...
EXERCIZES
1. Imagine yourself into the
reality-tunnel of the far-right group known as the John Birch Society.
Believe for a while that the U.S. government is 85% under covert United
Nations (UN) control and an open UN dictatorship will be declared soon.
Turn on the TV in that frame of mind and look for all the evidence
that each newscaster is either a conscious or an unconscious dupe of
the UN conspiracy.
2. Imagine yourself into the Head
Space of a dogmatic Rationalist. Analyze the Jim
Jones-cyanide-Illuminatus synchronicity as "mere
coincidence."
3. Imagine yourself into the Head
Space of an occultist. Analyze the Jim-Jones-cyanide-///Mmmam.y
synchronicity as an Omen. What does it mean? Jungians say synchronicities
contain "messages" from the deep structure of the collective mind. What
is the message ? |
||
|
||
160 Prometheus Rising
4. Enter the Immortalist head-space
for a few minutes. Imagine you invest only $1000 at normal bank interest,
compounded annually. What will you have in 100 years? In 200 years?
(Nobody has used this conservative path to investment and gotten rich on
it before because nobody has lived long enough.)
5. Why are you not a nudist (if you
aren't)? Make up five good reasons, then go find a nudist and explain them
to her (or him).
6. Become a Nazi for thirty three
minutes. Believe that all politics is a matter of strength, stealth and
treachery: that all liberalism is hypocrisy or folly. Plan a campaign to
take over the world by force and fraud.
7. Go to a Fundamentalist revival
meeting where faith-healings are performed. Or watch Jerry Falwell on TV.
Remember all the time that lim lones started out with that routine. See if
you can get into the head space of the Believers and decide whether or not
they would drink cyanide if their HOLY MAN told them
to. |
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER TEN
HOW TO BRAIN-WASH FRIENDS
& ROBOTIZE PEOPLE |
||
There is no government, no
industrial-military complex, no economic system, no mass media that can
ever reduce us to puppets and robots as thoroughly as the biological and
environmental dictatorships have.
— P.M. Esfandiary,
Upwingers
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
|
||
![]() |
||
As noted earlier, when the
bio-survival circuit flashes danger, all other mental activity
ceases.
There is no "time" on the
bio-survival circuit; reflexes act without emotional ego, rational mind or
adult personality participating: "I just found myself doing
it."
All the martial arts—judo, akido,
kung fu, etc.—are reim-printing techniques for the bio-survival circuit.
They are intended to ensure that what happens mechanically
("without thought") really does serve bio-survival, since the reflexes
imprinted accidentally on this circuit are not that
dependable.
The mechanical nature of the
bio-survival circuit is of key importance in brainwashing. To create a
new imprint, reduce the victim to an infantile state, i.e., first-circuit
vulnerability.
As pointed out in the last chapter
an army begins this process with the draft notice, which informs the
subject that his body no longer belongs to him but to the government. The
S.L. Army, seeking quicker brain change, began the conversion of Patty
into Tania by taking her at gun point, but the message was the same: "We
can do what we want with your body from now on." First-circuit
bio-survival instincts thus become hooked to obeying those who have this
awesome power—just as the infant learns to hook its bio-survival circuitry
to the parental figures.
Patty's ride in the trunk of a car
(after being taken at gunpoint) is a classic rebirth ritual; the trunk is
even womb-like in its contours. When the trunk opened, she was reborn into
a new reality-tunnel, that of her captors. Similarly, where the earliest
forms of masonic initiation survive and have not been diluted (Note the
Adeptus Major Ritual in the Complete Golden Dawn System of Magic,
by Israel Regardie, Falcon Press 1983.) the candidate is thrown into a
well, and then "raised" as a newborn Freemason. Total submersion,
the form of baptism preferred by Protestant fundamentalists, imitates
this, but without the real anxiety that made traditional masonry and the
SLA so effective as brain change agents.
All brainwashers empirically know
(without in most cases ever having read Leary's eight-circuit model of the
brain) that the oral bio-survival circuit seeks bonding with a mothering
figure. To increase panic and imprint vulnerability, then, the subject,
after being seized by the brainwashers (U.S. or S.L. Army, "secret
police," or whoever they may be in a given case)
163 |
||
|
||
164 Prometheus Rising
is isolated from all those
to whom bonding had previously been established. The draftee is sent to
boot camp and sees no loved ones (wife, girlfriend, parents, etc.) for a
number of weeks or months. The political prisoner is thrown into a
dungeon. Patty Hearst was locked in a closet as soon as she was
"rebirthed" out of the trunk of the car.
Experiments in isolation by the
U.S. Marine Corps, Dr. John Lilly and others—and the records of
shipwrecked sailors, as summarized by Lilly in Simulations of
God—show that only a few hours of pure isolation may be necessary
before hallucinations begin. These hallucinations, like those of
psychedelic drugs, indicate the breaking down of previous imprints and the
onset of vulnerability to new imprints.
The need to bond the bio-survival
circuit to somebody (or some thing) is indicated by the giraffe who
imprinted on the hunter's jeep as a mother-substitute. Similarly, children
without siblings, especially those in remote rural areas, often invent
imaginary playmates, which can become "real" enough to frighten the
parents into suspecting the onset of psychosis. Dr. Lilly's records of
sailors and explorers in isolation show that such "guides," "companions"
or "holy guardian angels" reappear quickly even in adulthood when normal
social contact is removed. They also come promptly to those undergoing the
mysterious state called "near-death" or "out of body experience," (e.g.,
when the heart stops on the operating table.)
The first human being who appears
to the subject after this isolation can easily become bonded as the
mother-substitute, or, next best, as a father-substitute. This explains
why people held prisoner by terrorists (e.g., on hijacked airplanes) often
develop a "paradoxical" sympathy for those who are threatening to kill
them. It also explains why the draftee begins to look on his kidnappers as
protectors as well as captors, and why the brainwash victim begins to
please, gratify and eventually "respect" the brainwasher.
In all cases, since the
bio-survival circuit is keyed to nourishment, those who bring food become
possible subjects for bonding. The political prisoner, the draftee, the
subject kidnapped by terrorists, all move somewhat closer to
identification/bonding with their captors as they are fed regularly.
Again, this is |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 165
imitated crudely by various
religions (without the terror that creates true imprint vulnerability) by
following baptism/rebirth rituals with a communal meal or Holy
Eucharist.
Adaptations of these principles can
be applied even to those who walk into the brainwashing environment
voluntarily at first, as in People's Temple, the Manson Family, and
similar organizations. The first step, once the victim is inside the
territory (commune), is to begin isolation by cutting off all
communication with the outer world and its conflicting reality-tunnels.
Meanwhile, a parental-protective atmosphere is quickly created (sometimes
called "love-bombing") and food is provided.
Whether the subject has entered
voluntarily as in these communes, or has been kidnapped or arrested (as in
police states), the next stage is to break down the second-circuit
emotional-territorial imprints. That means that the subject continues to
be fed (maintaining first-circuit oral dependence) while the
second-circuit ego is attacked in every manner possible. A point-by-point
comparison of the techniques of a Synanon "gamer" and U.S. Army drill
sergeant, for instance, would show astonishing similarities, since the
basic message is dozens and dozens of variations on "You are all wrong.
We are all right. It is extremely unlikely that somebody as
wrong as you will become right, ever, but we will try to
teach you." The anal vocabulary of territorial status is, of course,
employed extensively. The ideal subject may almost forget his or her name
and become conditioned to answering to "You asshole, come
here."
The sense of bottom dog
helplessness can be escalated by periodic doses of real terror. One of
Charlie Manson's famous sayings was "Fear is the great teacher," and every
brainwasher would agree ardently. In communist countries (as dramatized in
Costa-Gravas's fine and factual film, The Confession) a favorite
trick is to take the subject out of his cell, march him to a courtyard,
place a noose about his neck, and convince him he is about to be hanged.
The relief, when this turns out to be a bluff, creates ideal imprint
vulnerability. A variation in my novel Illuminatus! has the victim
persuaded he has been poisoned, dumped in a coffin and the lid slammed
upon him. Those who have been initiated as Mark Master Freemasons will
recognize at once that the same technique is the "mark that you will carry
to your grave." |
||
166 Prometheus Rising
Among the Zuni Indians, the male at
adolescence is kidnapped by masked "demons" who carry him away from the
tribe (away from mother and other imprinted security figures.) He is
dragged out into the desert and threatened with whips. Then the masks come
off, revealing his maternal uncles, and in that moment of imprint
vulnerability the tribal "secrets" (the local reality-tunnel) are
explained in a way that leave an indelible mark on his consciousness.
Similar rites of passage are found in all tribes, few as cleverly designed
as this one. Symbolic and diluted versions survive in Bar Mitzvahs and
Confirmation ceremonies in our local mega-tribes.
The rebirthing of the second
circuit is (relatively) complete when the Bottom Dog subject begins to
seek, sincerely (not hypocritically) to win the approval of the Top Dogs.
This, of course, only begins as play-acting; the skilled brainwasher knows
that, and does not really object. With subtle reinforcement the
play-acting becomes more and more genuine. Edmund Burke noted long ago,
and every Method Actor knows, that you cannot make three dramatic gestures
of rage in a political speech, without beginning to feel some real rage.
You cannot make three gestures of submission without beginning to feel
really submissive. (This is the psychology of the "company man," who truly
identifies with his employer after years of
obedience.)
The draftee first tries to please
the sergeant, to avoid further humiliation and punishment. Gradually, he
genuinely wants to please the sergeant, i.e., to prove he is not
all wrong and is "good enough" to be a soldier. Patty Hearst
undoubtedly pretended to accept the SLA reality-tunnel at first, and
gradually found the presence becoming more and more real.
This process is accelerated by a
system of occasional rewards, as the subject more and more often emits
(as the Behaviorists would say) the desired behaviors. Since people
are more complicated than Behaviorists know, it is necessary to vary this
with occasional punishments for "insincerity," or "backsliding," so that
the subject learns that after the initial stage, it is not
enough to pretend to accept the new reality-tunnel; to escape further
humiliation, ego-loss, terrorism and permanent Bottom Dog status, one
must begin to accept it sincere/y. After the imprint of helplessness
had been made, this conditioning and learning
will |
||
Prometheus Rising 167
proceed fairly smoothly, especially
if the Chief Brainwasher's confederates reinforce it with encouragement,
support, and general "reward" (for sincere submission) and contempt,
disappointment and general rejection (for insincerity or
backsliding.)
Reimprinting the third semantic
circuit can now follow easily. The human brain is capable of mastering any
symbol-system if sufficiently motivated. Some people can even play
Beethoven's late piano music, although to me this is as "miraculous" as
any feat alleged by psychic researchers; people can learn French,
Hindustani, differential calculus, Swahili, etc. ad. infinitum—if
motivated. When the first circuit security needs have been reimprinted
and second-circuit ego-needs have been hooked to mastering a new semantic
reality-tunnel, that tunnel will be imprinted.
At this point a certain amount of
arbitrary nonsense is of great value. That is, the new reality-tunnel or
symbol-system (like the old one) should contain pitfalls (gross violations
of previous reality tunnels and common sense) so that the subject can be
accused of backsliding (being "all wrong," after all) and thereby incited
to try harder to become part of the new reality-tunnel.
Thus, Jehovah's Witnesses may not
accept blood transfusions, even if their life depends on it: harder still
(since all mammals have an instinct to protect their young) they must
reject blood transfusions for their children, even if the children die of
this neglect. A Roman Catholic woman may not be divorced even if her
husband comes home drunk every night, beats her up and gives her VD. In
the U.S. Marines, a recruit who commits the hideous crime of calling a
rifle a "gun" must walk around the base with his rifle in one hand and his
penis in the other reciting to everybody he meets, "This is my rifle/This
is my gun/This is for fighting/This is for fun." Theosophists were once
required to believe that there is a hole at the North Pole going down to
the center of the earth; Manson required his followers to believe the hole
was in the Mojave Desert. Nazi Party members were asked to believe that
the lion is an Aryan animal and the rabbit non-Aryan.
Etc.
The neurological and sociological
function of such "nonsense" (which makes the Rationalist gasp in shock) is
to sharply segregate those within the new reality-tunnel from
those |
||
|
||
168 Prometheus Rising
outside. This makes for group
solidarity, group-reinforcement, and a strong sense of alienation and
discomfort when on rare occasions it is necessary to talk at all with
those outside the brainwasher's semantic system. The group must ensure, of
course, that this alienation is experienced as "superiority." Those who
are outside the reality-tunnel must be perceived as "all wrong"—just as
the subject was, before being brainwashed.
Drugs can be, and have been, used
to fine-tune these processes, but the general neurological principles are
powerful enough that it is quite likely that many famous cases of
brainwashing were accomplished as above described, without any drugs at
all—e.g., the American soldiers who confessed to war crimes which they
evidently had not committed, the loyal Communists who confessed to
Trotskyite conspiracies which seemingly never existed, etc. It takes very
few weeks for most armies, without drugs, to convert a civilian into a
soldier, even though the two species are as different as Roman Catholics
and Shintoists.
In one of my Immortal Novels I
describe a religious cult called Loonies, founded by one Neon Bal Loon, in
which members pray in pig-Latin while standing on one leg like storks.
This is considered satire, but any would-be messiah who understands the
above principles could create such a cult easily; and the members would
soon have a quite sincere sense of superiority to those outside that
reality-tunnel.
Cults and outlaw terrorists
generally follow the above procedures by further rewiring of the fourth,
socio-sexual circuit. (Governments usually leave that circuit alone, since
government agents are largely puritanical-authoritarian and afraid to get
involved at all with raw Eros.) It is no secret that the most powerful
secret society of the middle ages, the Knights Templar, forced recruits to
participate in both blasphemy and sodomy. Just as the deliberate nonsense
of all cultish third-circuit semantics isolates the group from the rest of
society, this initiation separated the Templars from the rest of
Christendom; the alienation could easily be conditioned into a sense of
superiority. The Mau-Maus in Kenya also insisted on one act of
homosexuality to break the new member's previous conditioning toward
hetero-sexuality and monogamy. Other cults, some quite well
known, |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 169
attempt to repress sexuality
entirely—another way of breaking
the statistically normal imprinting of the fourth circuit. The Manson Family insisted on what
might be called, oxymo-ronically, compulsory free love. The Army serves
normal amative bonds and casts the subject into a world where compulsory
celibacy alternates with whore-house adventures and, quite often, the rape
of enemy women, with homosexuality as an ever-present hidden option. A
current American guru, Da Free John, imprints his subjects for lifelong
monogamy, almost like the outside U.S. culture, but is indifferent as to
whether these pairings are heterosexual or homosexual. Whatever variation
the cult-leader may choose, what makes for successful "separate reality"
is that it be in some respect outlandishly different from that of the
major society.
The easiest way to get
brainwashed is to be born. All of the above principles then
immediately go into action, a process which social psychologists
euphemistically call socialization. The bio-survival circuit
automatically hooks onto or bonds to the most appropriate mother or
mothering object; the emotional-territorial circuit looks for a "role" or
ego-identification in the family or tribe; the semantic circuit learns to
imitate and then use the local reality-grids (symbol systems); the
socio-sexual circuit is imprinted by whatever mating experiences are
initially available at puberty.
The subjects may not come out of
this process ready to murder women and children, like the graduate of boot
camp, or even willing to believe that Charlie Manson was both Jesus and
Satan simultaneously, or willing to spout New Left slogans while robbing
banks. The subjects come out of normal "socialization" depending on
where and when they were born as Eskimo totemists, Moslem
fundamentalists, Roman Catholics, Marxist Leninists, Nazis, Methodist
Republicans, Oxford-educated-agnostics, snake worshippers, Ku Kluxers,
Mafiosos, Unitarians, IRA-ists, PLO-ists, orthodox Jews, hardshell
Baptists, etc. etc.
The universe or existence, is
obviously large enough and complex enough and the ego self-centered
enough, that all of these reality-tunnels are capable of "making sense,"
to some degree, to those imprinted/conditioned to accept them. It is also
obvious that most of these reality-tunnels contain elements
so |
||
|
|||
I JO |
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
|||
absurd that everybody not
imprinted/conditioned by them looks at them with astonishment and
dismay, wondering "How can a rational person (or peoples) believe such
rubbish?"
|
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
What the Thinker thinks, the
Prover proves... whether you are living in a Christian reality-tunnel,
a Mansonoid reality-tunnel, an Immortalist reality-tunnel, a vegetarian
reality-tunnel, a Rationalist reality-tunnel...
Everybody has the only true
true religion.
Earlier, we quoted some words
from Persinger and Lafreniere:
We, as a species, exist in a world
in which exist a myriad of data points. Upon these matrices of points we
superimpose a structure and the world makes sense to us. The pattern of
the structure originates within our biological and sociological
properties. |
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising 171
It is to be hoped that this makes
more sense to the reader now than it did at the beginning of our
enquiry.
The function of the domesticated
primate brain, insofar as we have described it up to this point and
leaving out the higher, newer circuits, is to serve as an "organ of
adaptation" in Freud's phrase. Specifically, the oldest, most primitive,
most mechanical centers serve simple bio-survival. The more recent
(500,000,000 year-old, roughly) emotional territorial centers serve to
maintain pack identity, habitat-space and hierarchy. The distinctly
homi-nid semantic circuit (100,000-year-old?) makes maps and
models—reality-tunnels—which we tend to confuse with reality itself, and,
worse yet, with "all" of reality. The (30,000? year old) moral-social
circuit creates the domesticated adult personality, or parent-role, or
super-ego.
Now, obviously the third, semantic
circuit works with and for these other antique circuits. The maps
and models it makes are tools of adaptation, and what they adapt us to is
social roles in domesticated primate society. Thus, a Midwestern Methodist
is not "misusing his brain" as Arthur Koestler thinks in constructing a
Midwestern Methodist tunnel-reality; that is precisely what his brain is
for, to adapt him to the Midwestern Methodist tribal system—to impose the
structure of Midwestern Methodist ideology upon the myriad of data-points
he encounters in his lifetime. The Chinese Maoist, the Iranian Moslem, the
New York Feminist, the Marin County Hedonist, etc. each has a similar,
equally arbitrary, equally complex reality-tunnel. Each tunnel is also
equally absurd when seen from outside.
The problems of the modern world
arise from the fact that these reality-tunnels are no longer isolated from
each other. Throughout most of human history and up to 100 years ago—up to
20 years ago, in some parts of the world—a man or woman could lead their
entire life snugly within the cocoon of the local tunnel-reality. Today,
we all constantly collide with persons living in wildly different
tunnel-realities. This creates a great deal of hostility in the more
ignorant, vast amounts of metaphysical and ethical confusion in the more
sophisticated, and growing disorientation for all—a situation known as our
"crisis of values." |
||
|
|||
1J2 |
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
|||
The average person has a deluge of
contradictory and conflicting reality-tunnels impinging on him or her,
with little training in either cultural or neurological relativism.
Speed of travel has increased by a factor of 1000 since 1900, and speed
of communication by a factor of 10,000,000, according to J.R. Platt.
The deluge is accelerating and intensifying. One symptom is the fact that
TV Guide has been taken over by a band of terrified conservatives,
who cannot understand and can only dread this downpour of "alien" signals;
instead of being merely a guide to what is on the tube, TV Guide
has become a continuous wail that the tube's tunnel-reality is wider,
stranger and more varied than the narrow tunnel-vision of the small-town
WASP.
|
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
There has also arisen a
profession of "deprogrammers," so-called. These are
neuro-technicians who will, for a fee, kidnap a child (even a "child" over
21) who has wandered off, departed the parental reality-tunnel and been
brainwashed into the competing reality-tunnel of some new (i.e.,
not established—not acceptable yet) "cult." This is known as
restoring the victim to normalcy. |
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising 173
It is all hypocrisy and
neurological ignorance, of course. The "de-programmers" are actually
re-programmers. The parental tunnel-reality is as arbitrary (and,
to an outsider, as bizarre) as that of any "cult." A special system of
tricky semantics allows most people and some courts to ignore these facts.
Just imagine what would happen if a wayward child of Methodist parents had
wandered into the Roman Catholic Church, say, and the parents attempted to
have that child coercively "de-programmed" (repro-grammed) into Methodism;
or if the child had joined the U.S. Army, like Calley, and the parents
kidnapped him and tried to re-program him into civilian
reality-tunnels.
These problems will not go away;
and the abrasions they cause, as various brainwashed robots continue to
collide with each other, will accelerate. Speed of travel and of
communication are still continuing to accelerate.
Fortunately, higher circuits are
forming in the human brain and offer broader vistas than the narrow
tunnel-visions of the antique circuits. That is the topic of our
concluding chapters.
Since everybody "prefers" one
circuit over the others, there are people in each society who are easily
recognizable as Narcissists (first-circuit robots), Emotionalists
(second-circuit robots), Rationalists (third-circuit robots) and Moralists
(fourth-circuit robots).
Rationalist robots, like the other
robots, may be totally mechanized or may have some slight flexibility, or
"freedom" built into their circuitry. The totally robotized make up the
vast horde of the Fundamentalist wing of the Materialist church and the
other True Believers in the scientific paradigms of 1968, 1958, 1948 or
whenever their nervous systems stopped taking new
imprints.
These are the people who are
perpetually frightened and dismayed by the large portion of human behavior
mediated through Circuit II mammalian politics. They think that because
this territorial-emotional ("patriotic") behavior is not Rational, it
should not exist. They accept Darwin as dogma, but are nervous about
"Darwinism" (because it accepts mammalian politics as an Evolutionary
Strategy that has worked thus far) and are repulsed by the data of
ethology, genetics and sociobiology. They don't like the rest of the human
race much, because it is not guided by |
||
IJ4 Prometheus Rising
their favorite circuit, and they
are uneasily aware that the rest of
the human race does not like them much. These Rationalist robots are also
very uncomfortable with the newer circuits—and some of them spend most of
their lives writing articles and books devoted to "proving" that the newer
circuits do not exist and that all scientists who have recorded the
behavior of these newer circuits are liars, fools, bunglers, charlatans or
some manner of Damned Heretics.
Like the Emotional robot, the
Moralistic robot, the Narcissist robot etc., the Rationalist robot cannot
be "argued" out of his narrow reality tunnel. We can only emphasize, one
more time, that each and every reality-tunnel created by a domesticated
primate brain is a finite cross-section of that brain's personal history;
and each such finite reality-tunnel is as "personalized" as the music of
Bach or Beethoven, the paintings of Rembrandt or Picasso, the novels of
Joyce or Raymond Chandler, the comedy of the Three Stooges or Monty
Python, the religions of Roman Catholicism or Zen Buddhism, the politics
of Libertarianism or the IRA, the architecture of St. Peter's or Disney
land...
And each of these art-works seems
like "reality" to the people who have created them and live in them.
Rationalism is just another such group art-work, a little less tolerant
than most, a little more useful to technologists than any other, a little
stupid when it can no longer transcend the last paradigm it has
created.
The totally robotized Rationalist,
the one whose nervous system has stopped growing entirely, can be
recognized by two signs:
He or she is constantly trying to
prove that much of the daily experience of the rest of humanity is
"delusion," "hallucination," "group hallucination," "mass hallucination,"
"mere coincidence," "sheer coincidence," or "sloppy
research."
And he or she never thinks that any
of his or her own experience would fit into any of those
categories.
EXERCIZES
1. Become a pious Roman Catholic.
Explain in three pages why the Church is still infallible and holy despite
Popes like Alexander VI (the Borgia Pope), Pious XII (ally of Hitler),
etc. |
||
Prometheus Rising 775
2. For those of you who remember
Mai Lai, become Lt. Galley. Say aloud, and really feel and believe,
"The Army comes first. I'm for the Army all the way." If you don't
remember try Jerry Falwell. Say aloud, and really feel and believe,
"Help us fight moral decay, send your checks in
today."
3. Refute this whole book.
Demonstrate that everybody else has been brainwashed but you and your
mother (father) has the one, real, objective view of the
universe.
4. Accept this book, if not in
whole at least in general outlines. Assume you have been brainwashed. Try
to learn as much from every human you meet about their separate
reality-tunnel and see how much of it you can use to make your
reality-tunnel bigger and more inclusive. In other words, learn to
listen.
5. James Joyce said he never
met a boring human being. Try to explain this. Try to get into the Joycean
head space, where everybody is a separate reality-island full of mystery
and surprise. In other words, learn to observe.
6. Read Aldous Huxley's The
Genius and the Goddess. Note how the Circuit III scientific Genius
reverts to Circuit I helpless infant when his wife leaves
him.
7. After experimenting with the
Nazi reality-tunnel, the Catholic reality-tunnel etc., re-enter your
"normal" reality tunnel. Does it still seem totally objective, or do you
begin to recognize how much of it is your own software and hardware
running programs?
8. Finally, explore the
tunnel-busting reality of Christopher S. Hyatt' s book titled Undoing
Yourself With Energized Meditation and Other Devices. What
tunnel-reality is he selling and how sincere is he about his writing?
Also, do you think he has read my work and I his, or is this last
statement a gimmick of the publishers played on two innocent authors and
the trusting public or even worse did I write his book, or could it be,
that we are one and the same? |
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER ELEVEN
THE HOLISTIC NEUROSOMATIC CIRCUIT |
||
But there is also in us an
aspiration for the mastery of Nature... Health, strength, duration,
happiness and ease, liberation from suffering, are part of the physical
transformation which.. .evolution is called upon to
realize.
— Sri Aurobindo, The Future
Evolution of Man
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
177 |
||
THE RESURRECTION OF THE BODY NEED
NOT BE POSTPONED UNTIL AFTER DEATH. IT CAN HAPPEN AT ANY
MOMENT.
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
This is a copy of Crowley's
inspired drawing. For his original
see The Book of Thoth or study his Tarot deck. The beast with four heads
represents the antique circuits; the hedonic "laid-back" nude is
neurosomatic rapture. The serpent is "the rising of the kundalini
serpent," a Hindu metaphor for imprinting this Circuit V neurosomatic
bliss-control.
Calling all downs. Calling all
downs to dayne. Array! Surrection! ... It is just, it is just about to, it
is just about to rolywholyover.
— James Joyce, Finnegans
Wake |
||
I78 |
||
The word "psychosomatic" has been
around long enough to be generally understood; unfortunately, it is
another semantic spook. The concept of "psyche" or "soul" was borrowed
from the theologians, who, being bankrupt, are in no position to lend
anything.
What we know and experience—our
tunnel-reality—is what registers on the brain and nervous
system.
The phenomena of "faith healing,"
"regeneration," "rejuvenation," bliss, ecstasy, rapture, etc. have been
occurring for many thousands of years, in all known cultures. In the
pre-scientific language of yesterday's psychology we would refer to such
events as "psychosomatic." In our deliberately modernistic and almost
sci-fi jargon, we prefer to call them
neurosomatic.
The neurosomatic circuit of the
brain is much more recent than the antique circuits previously discussed.
It does not manifest in all human beings, and appears late in life,
usually, to those who do activate and imprint it.
Temporary neurosomatic
consciousness can be acquired by (a) the yoga practice of pranayama
breathing and (b) for those who can handle it, by ingestion of
Cannabis drugs, such as hashish and marijuana, which trigger
neurotransmitters that activate this circuit.
Of the former device, pranayama,
Aleister Crowley—certainly the most skeptical of all mystics—writes
forcefully:
For mind and body alike there is no
purgative like pranayama, no purgative like pranayama.
For mind and body alike, for mind
and body alike— alike!—there is, there is, there is no purgative like
pranayama—pranayama!—pranayama! yea, for mind and body alike there is no
purgative, no purgative, no purgative (for mind and body alike) no
purgative like pranayama!
If this is not emphatic enough, Crowley adds
elsewhere:
Pranayama is notably useful in
quieting the emotions and appetites... Digestive troubles in particular
are very easy to remove in this way. It purifies both the body and the
mind and should be practiced certainly never less than one hour daily by
the serious student.
To which he adds a footnote:
Emphatically. Emphatically.
Emphatically. It is impossible to combine pranayama properly performed
with emotional
779 |
||
i8o Prometheus Rising
thought [second-circuit
reflexes—R.A.W.]. It should be resorted to immediately, at all times
during life, when calm is threatened.
This is very strong stuff from the
mystic who filled his books with jokes and jeers, and who always told his
students, not "Believe me," but "Don't believe me." About pranayama, for
once in his life, Crowley was serious.
In the experience of this author,
pranayama will remove all forms of depression, including profound grief
and bereavement; it will soothe anger and remove resentments; it seems
beneficial to all minor health problems and—occasionally—major health
problems. Hindus, who are professionals at pranayama, claim a great deal
more, such as: immunity to pain of all sorts, Samadhi ("union with
God"), levitation, etc.
Most notably, pranayama creates
neurosomatic Turn On: sensory enrichment, sensual bliss,
perceptual delight, and a general laid-back Hedonic "high." Similar
effects are produced by voluntary isolation in a Lilly tank, by
zero-gravity (the astronaut's "mystical" experiences are all of this
neurosomatic variety) and, for the judicious or lucky, Cannabis drugs, as
said above. ; *
Negative neurosomatic
circuit effects are experienced by amateur yogis, by many pot-heads, and
by a large number of schizophrenics. The neurosomatic feedback loop, in
these unfortunate cases, reverses the above description. Sensory
experience becomes unpleasant (any sound or touch is painful),
sensuality turns into acute discomfort with the entire body,
perceptions warp into nightmare, and general anxiety is imprinted.
Light is particularly terrifying and painful, often associated with Hell
or with "mind-control" manipulated by unscrupulous
enemies.
Gopi Krishna, a Hindu bureaucrat
who took up yoga originally only for health reasons, was abruptly
catapulted into a negative neurosomatic state for several years. All
sensations were so painful that he many times thought he would die.
The details, in his autobiography, Kundalini, are pathetic, and
sound much like schizophrenia. He came out of this finally, entered a
positive neurosomatic state, and has been writing blissful books about the
Perfection of the All, typical of this circuit, ever
since. |
||
Prometheus Rising 181
Nikola Tesla, the Yugoslav genius,
went through the same "Hell" or schizoid state, without yoga, in his
teens. He came out of the horrors with the scientific theory of
alternating currents worked out, a belief in extra-sensory perception, a
superhuman memory, and a streak of visionary humanitarianism that led him
into continuous conflicts with the corporations that financed his
more-than-100 major electrical inventions. (He earned over $1,000,000
before the age of 30, at a time when $1,000,000 was a lot of money, and he
died broke, trying to sell an invention he said would abolish
poverty.)
Most shamans, and many mystics,
have been through similar negative-to-positive neurosomatic sensitization.
Christian Scientists call it "chemicalization." St. John of the
Cross called it, poetically, the Dark Night of the Soul. Cabalists call it
"crossing the Abyss."
In Kazanzakis' The Odyssey: A
Modern Sequel, Odysseus sees a statue which seems to him urgently
meaningful. The statue was Kazanzakis' symbol for the evolution of these
circuits, which have been known (more or less) in various symbolisms for a
few thousand years. E.g., the "seven souls" of the Egyptians, the ten
"lights" of the Cabalists, etc.
The Kazanzakis statue shows an
animal (Circuit I), a warrior above the animal (Circuit II), a scholar
above the warrior (Circuit III), a lover (Circuit IV), a face in agony
("chemicalization" the "Dark Night of the Soul", the "crossing of the
Abyss" which equals the entry to Circuit V the hard way), a face in bliss
(successful Circuit V reimprinting) and a man turning into pure spirit
(Circuit VII). Circuit VI is missing in the schemata, as Circuit IV is
missing in Jung, and everything above Circuit III is missing in Carl
Sagan.
Some lucky souls jump to Circuit V
bliss without passing through the horrors of "chemicalization" and the
"Dark Night of the Soul."
The neurosomatic circuit is
"polymorphous perverse," in Freud's unappetizing terminology. This merely
means that the nervous system itself, taking over as driver, is now
directing the rest of the body. "Every act (becomes) an orgasm," said
Aleister Crowley, giving his own Tantric emphasis to the polymorphous
nature of this circuit. |
||
|
||
|
|||
182 |
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
|||
The lives of the saints are full of
stories which seem "miracles" to the four-circuited majority, or are
rejected as "lies, hoaxes, yarns" by the three-circuited dogmatic
Rationalist, but which seem perfectly normal from the viewpoint of
five-circuited polymorphous consciousness. The saint says he is in
rapture, and full of gratitude to God, for giving him such a feast for
dinner as—plain bread and water. (Of course, many a pot-head
will understand that degree of neurosomatic rapture...) The guru comes
into the room and his bio-energy1 has such a charge that a
cripple jumps up and is "healed"; the cripple merely acquired neurosomatic
turn-on by contact, as some people get "contact high" when others
are on drugs. The fire-walkers in many shamanic traditions walk on the
fire, as they tell enquiring anthropologists, to prove their control over
"the spirit"—i.e., to demonstrate to themselves and others that
they have achieved high-quality neurosomatic tuning.
One faith-healer told the present
author, "Most people die of adrenaline poisoning." In our terminology,
most people have too much first-circuit anxiety and second-circuit
territorial pugnacity for their own good. They are literally struggling
for survival, as no other animals do, despite Darwin. Most animals
simply play most of the time, solve problems of survival when they
have to, or die of not solving the problems; only humans are conscious
of struggling, and hence worried and depressed about the Game of
Life.
The faith-healer went on, "What
cures them is realizing that I'm not afraid." That is, contact with
a fifth-circuit personality, a person who controls his or her own Circuit
II adrenaline-trips, can be a catalyst, throwing the sufferer upward into
a personal fifth-circuit experience.
The avant-garde 20% of the
population, due to the Consciousness Movement (a secularization of much
ancient shamanic wisdom), already understands every "wild" idea in the
last few pages. They have had enough neurosomatic
experience |
|||
|
|||
By which we mean nothing
"mystical." It is now known that many physical energies radiate
from the body, and that even chemical effects can be transmitted
(experienced as emotional "vibes") from one person to another, the
chemicals acting as stimuli to trigger neurotransmitter actions in the
second person. |
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising 183
to know that they were once totally
robotized (as most people still are) and are knowingly engaged in
acquiring more neuroso-matic know-how. When this reaches 51% of the
population, a major historic al revolution will have occurred, as profound
as the Life Extension Revolution.'
In McLuhan's terms, the fifth
circuit is "non-linear" and "global." That is, it is not limited by the
one-thing-at-a-time sequences of the semantic circuit; it thinks in
Gestalts. This is why it is so often connected with "intuition," which
is a way of thinking between and around data-points on the perceptual
screen—sensing what total field the points must be part
of.
The great musician has developed a
remarkable feedback between fifth-circuit Gestalt-ing and the
third-circuit function of coding such "coherent structures" into the
inspired symbolism of music. Music always leads to some right-brain
activity in listeners, and the fifth circuit is almost certainly located
in the right brain hemisphere.
Beethoven, we remember, was
left-handed. Since the left hand is neurologically linked to the
polymorphous right brain, one might say he was genetically inclined
to right brain activities, that is, to sensing coherent wholes, to
plunging into neuro-somatic bliss almost "at will," and to sensory-sensual
raptness and rapture. Everybody "knows" that the Sixth Symphony is
"pantheistic," but whether Beethoven was an ideological pantheist or not,
that way of responding to nature is normal and natural right-brain Circuit
V functioning. That is, anybody on the Fifth Circuit will "talk like a
pantheist" whether or not he has developed a "philosophy" about
pantheism. The miracle of Beethoven is not that he felt the universe that
way—a few thousand fifth-circuit types throughout history have also felt
and sensed nature that way—but that he mastered the third-circuit art of
music with such skill that he could communicate such experiences,
which is precisely what the ordinary "mystic" cannot
do.
The neurosomatic circuit probably
began to appear around 30,000 years ago. (That is the conclusion of
Barbara Honnegger, who has made a profound study of European cave
paintings, coming to the conclusion that many of them show exercizes
to |
||
|
||
Please re-read this sentence, and think about
it. |
||
184 Prometheus Rising
increase right-brain activity
similar to those still used in surviving shamanic and yogic
traditions.)
This fifth circuit is bonded into
the right cortex and neurolog-ically linked to the limbic
(first circuit) system and the genitalia. These neural
links explain the sexual metaphor of "kundalini" or "serpent" energy used
to describe this circuit in systems as varied as Indian Tantra, Gnosticism
and Voodoo, and the Chinese yin yang (male-female) energies
associated with it.
Prolonged sexual play
without orgasm always triggers some Circuit V
consciousness.
It is quite easy to determine if
the Fifth Circuit has been activated successfully or not. How often does a
person go to a doctor? If a mind researcher is "glowing" rather than
greyish, "bouncy" rather than craggy, if he or she has a "sparkle"—and if
he or she virtually never goes to a doctor—the neurosomatic circuit
has been mastered. As Mary Baker Eddy once wrote (thereby making herself
hugely unpopular with those who love to talk of matters mystical but have
no empirical knowledge):
"The Word was made flesh." Divine
Truth must be known by its effects on the body as well as on the
mind.
There is no tribe known to
anthropology which doesn't have at least one neurosomatic technician
(shaman). Large-scale outbursts of neurosomatic consciousness have
occurred frequently in all the major historical periods, usually being
stamped out quickly by the local branch of the Inquisition or the A.M.A.;
other outbursts have been co-opted and diluted.
As we read in the New
Testament:
And when he had called into him his
twelve disciples, he gave them power against unclean spirits, to cast them
out, and to heal all manner of sickness and all manner of
disease...
And as ye go, preach, saying, the
kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, raise the
dead, cast out devils: freely ye have received, freely
give.
— Matt 10: 1-8
It may or may not have happened
exactly like that; as Mark Twain would say, there might be a few
stretchers in there. But something like this, however much the evangelist
may exaggerate it, must have happened to account for Christianity's rapid
triumph over other, but probably less effective, systems of
opening |
||
Prometheus Rising 185
the fifth circuit. Mithraism, the
Eleusinian cult at Athens, the Dionysian cults, etc. all had age-old
shamanic techniques for inducing neurosomatic rapture; Christianity (at
first) seems to have been superior in creating neurosomatic
control. In St. Paul's metaphor, the "Old Adam" (Circuits I-IV) got
bleached out, and the "New Adam" (Circuit V) took over as the center of
consciousness and self-government. In another metaphor, the body became
the flexible clay and the awakened (illuminated) brain became the
sculptor.
In general, fourth-circuit problems
take the form of guilt; "I cannot do what I am supposed to do."
Third-circuit problems take the form of perplexity; "I cannot
understand how I got into this mess, or how to get out of it, or what is
expected of me," etc. Second-circuit problems take the form of bullying
or cowardice: "I will force them, or I will surrender and let
them force me." First-circuit problems take the form of body symptoms:
"I feel rotten all over" gradually centering in, under enough stress,
on one acute disabling symptom.'
Fifth-Circuit neurosomatic
consciousness bleaches out all these problems at once. The disappearance
of first-circuit "physical" illnesses only seems more "miraculous"
than the transcendence of second-circuit emotionalism, third-circuit
perplexity and fourth-circuit guilt. It is the Cartesian mind/body dualism
that makes us think of such first-circuit "physical" cures as somehow
stranger or more spooky than any rapid improvement on the other
circuits.
One of the intents of our
terminology is precisely to transcend that Cartesian dualism, making all
the circuits equally comprehensible within one context.
The robotized Rationalist fears and
resents Circuit V rapture and its holistic intuitive faculties (just as
the robotized Emotionalist fears and resents Circuit III reason). Thus,
when the neurosomatic circuit feedback begins to function, and the mutated
Circuit V person tries to describe his or her rapture and at-oneness, the
Rationalist hastily mutters that this is "merely
subjective." |
||
This last is Eric Berne's "Wooden
Leg" game, which asks to be relieved of social participation or
interaction on the grounds of being physically hors de
combat. |
||
186 Prometheus Rising
Misery is "merely subjective," too,
but that doesn't keep it from hurting. The neurosomatic skill of
transmuting all experience, so that one is high and happy in a situation
where the four-circuited majority would be miserable, is worth learning
for the very simple, egotistic reason that it's more fun to be happy than
to be in agony. It is also socially beneficial, because, as Tim Leary
often said, "You can't do good until you feel good." Just as
misery loves company, the high and happy want everybody else to be high
and happy. (This first lesson the fifth-circuit adept has to learn is to
control this upsurge of altruism and not make a nuisance of oneself by
trying to force everybody to be happy...)
The Rationalist is even more
alarmed by the results of prolonged fifth-circuit bliss, which includes
the ability to heal a wide variety of diseases both in oneself and in
others. Even the well documented current research on endorphins—which
gives us the beginning of a neuro-chemical explanation of how such
healings operate—is regarded with discomfort or hostility by the more
robotized Rationalists. It all sounds "metaphysical" and therefore it
cannot exist.1
There is nothing supernatural about
the fifth circuit. It merely appears "supernatural" by comparison to the
earlier circuits; but the third circuit, of which the Rationalist is so
proud, undoubtedly appeared "supernatural" when it first appeared. (The
Egyptians attributed speech and writing, third-circuit functions, to
divine intervention by the god Thoth.) The fifth circuit, like the earlier
circuits, is just another evolutionary mutation, necessary to us as we
move toward a more complex neuro-social level.
"It's just like ordinary life,
except that you're always a foot above the ground," says an old Zen
proverb.
This "floating" aspect of the fifth
circuit is preparing us for extraterrestrial migration.
One of the most interesting
neurosomatic adepts in all history, from the viewpoint of the present
theory, was Mary Baker Eddy. Precisely because Mrs. Eddy was fundamentally
naive and |
||
1 Endorphins are
neurotransmitters that trigger Circuit V. They can be activated by
cannabis drugs, psychedelics, meditation, pranayama, or visualization
of white light. The last is the most common system used by
"faith-healers" and was known to the medieval
Rosicrucians. |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
unaware of most of philosophy, she
never realized that you cannot speak or write about the Ineffable. She
therefore wrote about it at length. If her writings are hard to decipher,
if they often sound like "the ravings of a disordered mind" (Aleister
Crowley's description of mystic writings, including his own), they also
have moments of astonishing lucidity. For instance, she knew and wrote
with total clarity that illness is fear and love is its cure. Most
psychologists are just beginning to comprehend that today, over 100 years
later.
"Perfect love casteth out fear" and
that is how neurosomatic awakening cures disease.
As Mrs. Eddy told one enquirer,
"Love, love, love! That's all you have to know to be a healer." Sixty
years later, unheeded by most of his profession, a Scottish psychiatrist,
lan Suttie, wrote that "The physician's love heals the
patient."
Another quote from Mrs. Eddy is
appropriate at this point:
When understanding changes we shall
gain the reality of life, the control of soul over sense... This must be
the climax, before harmonious and immortal man is obtained and his
capabilities revealed.
To the ordinary
scientifically-educated reader, this is metaphysical gibberish. Let us try
to re-translate it into our own neurological metaphors:
When the brain develops its full
potentials we shall gain a new view of life and the control of
neurosomatic bliss over lower-circuit guilts, perplexities, emotions and
'body symptoms'... This is evolutionarily scheduled to occur before
sixth-circuit evolutionary awareness and physical immortality are
achieved.
We suggest that Mrs. Eddy, having
activated a large part of the right brain hemisphere, was able to think in
Gestalts as well as serving as transmitter of neurosomatic "healing" to
others. She was looking down the DNA highway to the scientific
breakthroughs of the decade in which we now live.
Many have turned on the
neurosomatic circuit due to prolonged illness, especially if they grow
impatient with doctors and resort to self medication and/or faith-healing.
The bathroom of Nietzsche, according to Stefan Zweig, looked "like a
pharmacy shop," due to the large number of drugs and medicines
with |
||
188 Prometheus Rising
which the philosopher treated his
chronic migraines. Gurdjieff employed cocaine, hashish and yoga techniques
(probably including pranayama) to treat the incessant and increasing pains
resultant from his war wounds and two car accidents. The "harshness" of
these two philosophers, their contempt for ordinary human suffering, their
visions of the superhuman state beyond emotion and pain, all probably
derived from neuroso-matic Turn Ons alternating with acute pain. That is,
they experienced the whole of evolution from the lower circuits to the
full development of neurosomatic bliss, and were expressing chiefly
contempt for their own relapses into less-than-blissful
consciousness.
In the East, the control of the
neurosomatic circuit is known as dhyana, cha 'an or Zen\ the
state is sometimes called "Buddha-mind" or "Buddha-body." To the ancient
Greeks, where rituals to achieve it with psychedelic drugs were performed
yearly at Eleusis, those who accomplished the ritual successfully were
called digenes, "twice-born." The metaphor lingers in the "born
again" terminology of charismatic Christianity, and is symbolized by the
myth of the Resurrection of the Body.
Freud recognized this, state,
vaguely, as the "oceanic experience." Gurdjieff calls this circuit the
Magnetic Center.
Faith-healers and adepts of a few
yogic schools seem to live in neurosomatic consciousness permanently; most
who have achieved it at all tend to have it only in flashes, as noted by
Ezra Pound:
Le Paradis n'est pas
artificial
but is jagged
For a flash, for an hour.
Then agony, then an hour.
This "Paradis," this
condition of neurosomatic ("mind-body") peace, should be considered a new
brain circuit toward which all humanity is evolving, slowly and painfully,
out of mammalian antique circuits. This progression, from primate emotion
to post-hominid tranquility, from "man" to "super man." is the Next Step
that mystics forever talk of; you can hear it in most of Beethoven's
later, major compositions. |
||
Prometheus Rising 189
As mentioned before, governmental
brainwashers are generally too puritanical to handle, or manhandle, the
socio-sexual circuit and content themselves with mind-washing and
brain-programming on the bio-survival, emotional and semantic circuits,
while outlaw bands like the SLA or Mansonoids go further and reimprint the
socio-sexual circuit also.
It is necessary to note that some
cults presently active on this backward planet go even further than that
and engage in neuro-somatic brainwashing.
A permanent neurosomatic
circuit can only be imprinted by prolonged practice of one of the yogic,
Tantric or related sciences, and perhaps good genes, good environments and
good luck generally.
Neurosomatic brainwashing—the most
powerful form of robotization—consists in temporary activation of
the neurosomatic circuit by the brainwasher, together with assurances that
only the brainwasher (or the "god" who "acts through him") can turn
on this circuit.
For full effect, this is, of
course, proceeded by normal brainwashing, The victim is first isolated
from his or her previous environment and trained to hook the bio-survival
circuit onto the "guru" and/or the Ashram or commune. The emotional
circuit is bent and broken by continuous attacks upon status (ego), until
the only emotional security left is found in Total Submission to the group
reality-island. The re-infantilized victim is then ready to imprint any
semantic circuitry desired, from EST to Krishna to People's Temple, etc.
The socio-sexual circuit can then easily be programmed for celibacy, for
free love, or for whatever sexual game the guru has selected. Then, and
only then, the neurosomatic buttons are pushed and ecstasy is "given" to
the subject "by" the guru.
Marjoe Gortner, a long-time
practitioner of this science, commented ironically in a film made after
abandoning it for a different career, "The marks never realized they could
do it" (push the neurosomatic buttons) "for themselves. They all think
they need me jacking them off!" Gortner is, nowadays, unusually honest.
The average charismatic insists that the victims can never learn to
do it for themselves. |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
One of the greatest historical
practitioners of this neuroscience was Hassan i Sabbah, who used
relatively simple techniques, including, evidently, a time-release capsule
invented by the Sufi College of Wisdom in Cairo.
As I describe Hassan's technique —
based on historical records — in my novel, The Trick Top Hat: Two
young candidates dine with Hassan; the food is laced with a time-release
capsule. When asleep the candidates are taken to Hassan's famous "Garden
of Delights." The capsule had released a heavy does of opium and they were
quite thoroughly unconscious and unaware of their
surroundings.
The garden — of officially known as
the "the Garden of Delights" — covered several acres. Here candidates were
prepared for admission to the Order of the Assassins: they were to become
the most feared and legendary professional killers in history. But here
also, in this same garden, were prepared candidates for admission to the
Brotherhood of Light, the Illuminati. The candidates, in fact, were
prepared the same way. They themselves selected, unknown to themselves,
which order they would enter — the political Assassins or the mystic
Illuminati.
Both young men were conveyed into
the Garden of Delights and placed several acres apart from each other. In
a short time, the second stage of the time-release capsule began to work;
cocaine was released into their bloodstreams, thereby overwhelming the
traces of the soporific opium and causing them to awaken full of energy
and zest. At the same time, as they woke, hashish also began to be
released, so they saw everything with exceptional clarity and all colors
were jewel-like, brilliant, divinely beautiful.
A group of extremely comely and
busty young ladies — imported from the most expensive brothel in Cairo —
sat in a circle around each of the young candidates, playing flutes and
other delicately sweet musical instruments. "Welcome to heaven," they sang
as the awakening men gazed about them in wonder. "By the magic of the holy
Lord Hassan, you have entered Paradise while still alive." And they fed
them "paradise apples" (oranges), far sweeter and stranger than the
earth-apples they had known before, and they showed them the animals of
paradise (imported from as far away as Japan, in some
cases), |
||
Prometheus Rising 191
creatures far more remarkable than
those ordinarily seen in Afghanistan.
"This is heaven!" the first
young man exclaimed, in ecstasy. "Great is Allah, and great is the wise
Lord Hassan Sabbah!"
But, twenty acres away, surrounded
by similar lovely ladies and other wonders, the second young man merely
gazed about him, smiled in contentment, and said nothing.
And then, in both cases, the
houris of Paradise, as promised in the Koran, began to
dance, and as they danced, they discarded one by one each of their seven
veils. As the veils were thrown off, more and more hashish was released
from the capsules and the young men saw with greater clarity, felt with
deeper intensity, experienced beauty and sexual joy in a way completely
unknown in their previous earth lives.
Then, as each young man sat
entranced by the beauty and wonder of Heaven, the houris finished
the dance, and nude and splendid as they were, rushed forward in a bunch,
like flowers cast before the wind. And some fell at the candidate's feet
and kissed his ankles; some kissed knees or thighs, one sucked raptly at
his penis, others kissed the chest and arms and belly, a few kissed eyes
and mouth and ears. And as he was smothered in this hashish-intensified
avalanche of love, the lady working on his penis sucked and sucked and he
climaxed in her mouth as softly and slowly and blissfully as a single
snowflake falling.
In a little while, there was no
more hashish being released and more opium began to flow into the
bloodstream, the young candidates slept again; and in their torpor, they
were removed from the Garden of Delights and returned to the banquet hall
of the Lord Hassan.
There they awoke.
"Truly," the first exclaimed, "I
have seen the glories of Heaven, as foretold in Al Koran. I have no
more doubts. I will trust Hassan i Sabbah and love him and serve
him."
"You are accepted for the Order of
Assassin," said Hassan solemnly. "Go at once to the Green Room to meet
your superior in the order."
When this candidate had left,
Hassan turned to the second, asking, "And you?" |
||
|
||
792 Prometheus Rising
"I have discovered the First
Matter, the Medicine of Metals, the Elixir of Life, the Stone of the
Philosophers, True Wisdom and Perfect Happiness," said he, quoting the
alchemical formula. "And it is inside my own head!"
Hassan i Sabbah grinned broadly.
"Welcome to the Order of the Illuminati!" he said,
laughing.
Hassan i Sabbah was not the first
or last student of the ways in which sexuality can be transmuted into
fifth-circuit rapture. Further to the East, there were Tantric schools
within Hinduism, Buddhism and Taoism, which taught techniques by which
prolongation of the genital embrace could explode into dramatic
brain-change. In the West, underground cults of Gnostics, Illuminati,
alchemists and witches kept similar techniques as closely guarded secrets,
for if the Holy Inquisition ever learned of such practices the
participants would be denounced as devil-worshippers and burned at the
stake.
In our own time, there has been a
revolutionary upsurge of these ancient neurological secrets, with an
admixture of more modern techniques. Tantric teachers are available in
many cities. Masters and Johnson use quasi-Tantric practices to treat
sexual dysfunctions. As early ..as 1968, a poll by McGlothlin showed that
85% of the pot-smokers in the country said their chief interest in the
Weed was its function as enhancer of erotic sensation. Vibrators and other
sexual toys proliferate; Gays come out of the closet; philosophers of a
culture without repression (Norman Brown, Henri Marcuse, Charles Reich)
become best-sellers.
Saul Kent, a writer on medical
science for general audiences, has even suggested that electronic sexual
surrogates can and will be manufactured in the near future. (Your own
Marilyn Monroe doll!) Instead of joining Tom Wolfe and the neo-puritans in
throwing up our hands in horror at such an idea, let us consider it for a
moment. Let us see if we can peek outside our imprinted conditioned
reality-tunnel.
If a sexual android is possible in
2005 or 2050 or whenever, why not a totally programmed sexual environment?
Let us call this, in memory of Herman Hesse, the Magic Theatre. We start
with what is concurrently available in high-priced brothels in the hedonic
Sun Belt section of America. |
||
Prometheus Rising 193
Massage, a first-circuit
tranquilizer, has all the advantages of the opiates without being
habit-forming. Our Magic Theatre, then, would include computerized
body-relaxers-and-energizers better than current massage
techniques.
Porn movies are available, for
stimulation, in the better brothels. Our Magic Theatre would have them in
3D on all four walls, obviously.
Marijuana and stimulants like
cocaine or speed are available in brothels everywhere. Our Magic Theatre
would have better chemical rapture-agents.
One can go on adding details,
according to personal fantasy, until one has created a room in which bliss
can be extended in all dimensions, indefinitely.
A strange thing has happened in
constructing this cyberneti-cized brothel. We seem to have gone beyond sex
to something that might be called meta-sex. While specific genital
pleasure might still be fun, it is hardly as important as it seemed to us
before we came into the multi-dimensional Pleasure Dome where all senses
are stimulated to ecstasy.
And the most peculiar thing about
this bawdy science-fiction projection is that we don't even need to build
a Magic Room. It is built into our brains already. We have been describing
the positive neurosomatic consciousness which Freud called "polymorphous
perversity" in one of his Puritan moods and "the oceanic experience" in
one of his mystical moments. This is what the neurosomatically turned-on
brain feels like.
In alchemy this was known as "the
multiplication of the first matter" or "the Philosopher's Gold," which was
unlike ordinary gold in that it could not be spent or used-up,
since it perpetually multiplied and renewed itself. It is the "Third Eye"
of the Illumi-nati tradition, which transforms all it sees; the eye of
which Jesus speaks in his gnomic aphorism,
"The light of the body is the
eye; if therefore thine eye be
single, thy whole body will be full of light." — Matt 6:22
EXERCIZES
1. Get the lesson book from the
local Christian Science Reading Room and read the lessons for a
month. |
||
194 Prometheus Rising
2. Attend a Sufi week-end
seminar.
3. Acquire my book Sex &
Drugs: A Journey Beyond Limits (New Falcon Publications) and try the
Tantric exercizes there described.
4. Learn how to do pranayama
properly, from an expert. (I have tried describing this elsewhere, and
have found there is no way to prevent gross errors in verbal transmission
of this nonverbal knowledge. Get a Hindu to show
you.)
5. Da Free John, an American guru,
says you can reach Illumination by constantly asking, "Who is the One who
is living me now?" Well—is it Circuit I consciousness, Circuit II ego,
Circuit III mind, Circuit IV sex-role, Circuit V Gestalt-field, or a
higher circuit?
Who is it? Where is it? How old
is it?
6. Dr. Aiden Kelly has suggested
that the so-called "unconscious" is more conscious than the
so-called conscious mind. That is, the "unconscious" contains all the
feedbacks of the neurosomatic circuit and the other circuits that maintain
life. Consider this idea. Is this the "One who is living you
now"? |
||
|
||
CHAPTER TWELVE
THE COLLECTIVE NEUROGENETIC CIRCUIT |
||
|
||
It is no longer only the Right that
is conservative. The entire Left is also suddenly conservative. The
liberal and the radical Left have fallen behind.
— P.M. Esfandiary,
Upwingers
|
||
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
195 |
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
The sixth circuit of the brain
kicks into action when the nervous system begins to receive signals from
within the individual neuron—from the RNA-DNA "dialogue," the
neurogenetic feedback system.
The entire nervous system,
including the brain, has been designed like the rest of the body, by the
"code" within the DNA molecule, which sends signals via messenger RNA
molecules to tell the organism what to do: Grow red hair. Have blue
eyes. Stand up and walk now. Start to talk. Find a mate. Etc. Our
entire mental lives—our brain hardware and software—exist within the
perimeters of this DNA master-tape.
With neurogenetic consciousness,
these DNA archives become accessible to brain scanning, while awake.
(They are always accessible, as archetypes of the Jungian "collective
unconscious," during dreaming sleep.)
The first to achieve neurogenetic
awareness, a few thousand years ago, spoke of "memories of past lives,"
"re-incarnation," "immortality," etc. That these neurological adepts were
speaking of something real, in the best language of their day, is
indicated by the fact that many of them (especially Hindus and Sufis) gave
marvelously accurate poetic vistas of evolution millennia before Darwin
and foresaw Super-humanity before Nietzsche.
The Greeks called this "the vision
of Pan," the Chinese "the great Tao," Hindus "Atman consciousness." The
numinous, awful, sublime "God" "Goddess" and "Demon" figures who appear in
the initial stages of this Awakening are Jung's "archetypes of the
collective unconscious" and are recognized as "victors from dream-time" by
primitives, as "them from Sidde" by witches, as the Weird People in a
thousand folk-traditions.
Gurdjieff calls this circuit the
True Emotional Center.
The "akashic records" of Theosophy,
the "phylogenetic unconscious" of Dr. Stanislaus Grof, the "Gaia
hypothesis" of biologists Margulis and Lovelock—which holds that the
biosphere of this planet is one intelligent organism—are three modern
metaphors for this circuit. The visions of past and future evolution
described by those who have had trans-time experiences during
close-to-death or "clinical death" trauma also describe the Circuit VI
neurogenetic reality-tunnel.
Specific exercizes to trigger
neurogenetic imprints are not to be found in yogic teaching; it usually
happens, if at all, after
797 |
||
|
||
ig8 Prometheus Rising
many years of expertise in the kind
of advanced rajah yoga that develops Circuit V somatic bliss. Heavy does
of LSD, of course, always trigger temporary Neurogenetic
vistas.
The neurogenetic circuit is best
considered, in terms of current science, as the genetic archives activated
by excitement of anti-histone proteins—the DNA memory coiling back to the
dawn of life and containing also the genetic blueprints for the future of
evolution.
"I am He that was, and is, and
shall be," a sentence from the Egyptian Book of the Dead, in
hieroglyph and in his own handwriting, was found on the desk where
Beethoven composed the Ninth Symphony and all his later, aeon-spanning
"evolutionary" music. One judges from this, and from the music itself,
that Beethoven had opened the neurogenetic circuit.
Here dwell primordial archetypes,
far older than language yet newer than tomorrow, Personifying this circuit
as a being, Crowley tells us:
...The "Babe in the Egg of Blue"
[cf., the final image of Kubrick's 2001: A Space Odyssey—R.A.W.]
...represents the Higher Self... The connection is with the symbolism of
the dwarf in mythology.., In his absolute innocence and ignorance he is
"the Fool"; he is the Savior...the "Great Fool" of Celtic legend, the
"Pure Fool" of Act I of Parsifal...he is also the Green Man of
spring festivals... So we see him fully armed as Bacchus Diphues, male and
female in one, the bisexual Baphomet, and...Zeus Arrhenothelus, equally
bisexual... [He is shown in this full form in the Tarot Trump XV, "The
Devil"]... But the "small person" of Hindu mysticism, the dwarf insane yet
crafty of many legends in many lands, is also this same... Silent Self of
a man, or his Holy Guardian Angel.
These images are not poetic
whimsies by Crowley. They reappear in the dreams of individuals (the
personal myth of the night), in the myths of all peoples (the impersonal
dreams of the species), and, of course, over and over in UFO contact
stories.
STUDY THE NEXT TWO IMAGES
CAREFULLY |
||
|
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
199
|
||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
Circuit VI neurogenetic
consciousness: This symbolizes a pan-like god, displaying the concept of
genetic memories symbolized by the human-animal seed-forms in the
testicles. |
|||
|
|||
|
|||
200 |
Prometheus Rising
|
||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
Another archetype from the
neurogenetic archives ("collective unconscious"). The Great Mother
symbolizing the genetic memories as illustrated by the flower, bird,
etc. |
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising 2OI
The "language" of this circuit is
the multi-level language of Finnegans Wake, where Finnegan is
Finn-again, Finn Mac Cool of Irish legend reborn and Huck Finn again also,
sailing down "Missus Liffey," both the river Anna Liffey in Ireland and
Huck Finn's Mississippi; where Mark the Wan is King Mark, cuckolded by
Tristan, but Mark the Twy is Mark Twain, married to a wife he called
"Livvy" just like the Irish river, and Mark the Tris is cuckolded Mark and
cuckolding Tristan in one; while Marcus Lyons is all of them, plus Mark
the apostle, his emblematic lion (always shown with him in medieval art),
Leo the lion, Leo in the zodiac and all associated fire-signs, and one of
the Four Old Men (Matt Gregory, Marcus Lyons, Luke Tarpey and Johnny
McDougall) who haunt the dreamer all night long, symbolizing the four
evangelists, the four bedposts surrounding the sleeper, the four antique
circuits, the four suits of Tarot or ordinary playing cards, the four
elements of the ancients, and all the other fours that Jung has found
omnipresent in the "collective unconscious." To parallel the evolution of
the first four circuits in human (and mammalian) history, Joyce also
offers the four stages of the development of the "Gracehoper" (egg,
larvae, chrysalis, adult) and such dream-logical quartifications as
"eggburst, eggblend, eggburial, and hatch-as-hatch can," "their
weatherings and their marryings and their buryings and their natural
selections," "a human (pest!) cycling (pist!) and recycling (past!) and
there he goes (pust!) again," etc.
This archetypal circuit is replete
with what Jung called synchronicities—meaningful
coincidences—which he attributed to the circuit's roots in what he called
the "psychoid" level, below the personal and collective unconscious,
where "mind" and "matter" are not yet differentiated—the royal highway
of the DNA-RNA-CNS (central nervous system) telegraph, in Tim Leary's
metaphor.
Such synchronicities are a sure
sign that you are dealing with the neurogenetic circuit. For instance, in
a Finnegans Wake study group, we were all convulsed with laughter
when noticing that "Toot and Come Inn" is not just a parody of American
cutesy-pie motel names but another of Joyce's countless puns on
Tutankhamen. At this point, my wife entered the room to enquire what was
so funny. When we explained, she said, "That's a
synchro- |
||
2O2 Prometheus Rising
nicity—I was just watching a TV
program about Tutankhamen." And, of course, Joyce put the boy-king into
the dream because the main theme of Finnegans Wake, the main theme
of the neurogenetic circuit, is the survival of genetic memory through
time, symbolized by the Resurrection myth; and Tut was dug up
(resurrected) synchronistically, just after Joyce started work in this
epic.
As Joyce explains the logic of the
neurogenetic circuit, "This ourth of years is naught save brickdust and
being humus the same returns" (the earth gives back, in new forms, what is
buried) since "on the bunk of our breadwinning lies the cropse of our
seedfather" (comment superfluous, to those who know The Golden Bough)
and "Phall if you but, will rise you must." The seed, the genetic
code, and the egg, cellular wisdom, sends the signal down the aeons; in
the similar metaphor of Nobel geneticist Hebert Muller, "We are all giant
robots manufactured by DNA to make more DNA."
To the individual, the breaks in
the chain of life/death /life/death/life/death are ail-too real and
painful; to the seed-and-egg wisdom of the neurogenetic circuit, the
seamless unity of lifedeathlifedeathlifedeathlife is the greater
reality.
The neurogenetic circuit is
probably located in the right neo-cortex and is more recent than
the neurosomatic circuit in the back sections of the right
cortex.
Circuit VI neurogenetic
consciousness allows you to "converse" with the evolutionary architect who
designed your body—and billions and billions of others since the
dawn of life around 3-4 million years ago.
This "architect" is the greatest
designer on this planet, as Bucky Fuller has often commented. No human
architect has yet equaled Her efficiency or Her esthetics in such
routine products as roses, eggs, insect colonies, fish
etc.
She (or He) can be personified in
modern terms as Mother DNA or Father Nucleic Acid. The Rationalist
immediately objects that such personification, however inescapable it is
to all who have encountered the Architect directly on this circuit, is
illegitimate, because She or He is unconscious. The rebuttal, given
by all Circuit VI adepts in all cultures and all ages, is
that |
||
Prometheus Rising 203
She or He is not unconscious but
intoxicated, and it is a divine intoxication.
Less poetically, whether we
"humanize" this "architect" into a Big Momma or Big Daddy, or
"animalize" it into a jackal-headed being like the Egyptian, or
"insectualize " it into a divine Preying Mantis like one African
tribe, or "spiritualize" it into something totally abstract like
Hindus and Christian Scientists, we are only depicting one cross-section
of this 3-4 billion-year-old Being. When we "moleculize" it as DNA
we are also only seeing one cross-section—the most useful cross-section
for scientific analysis. That is all that needs to be said, or should
be said, for the "scientific materialist" chemicalization of the
biosphere, and it is no contradiction of direct experience of the
Being itself via Circuit VI yogas, biological or chemical. Indeed, the
direct experience undoubtedly can and has helped many scientists get a
wider, more holistic view of what is going on in evolution, which they
have brought down to Circuit III in better linguistic models. Teilhard de
Chardin is one, but not the only, example of a scientist whose
evolutionary model has been improved by such direct Circuit VI
experience.
For those who have not yet had
Circuit VI experience—and most of humanity will possess the technology to
turn on this circuit at will, within the next twenty years—this
evolutionary perspective might, possibly, be conveyed by a series of
quantum jumps in perspective, thus:
The individual can make mistakes,
even fatal ones. Consciousness of Circuits I-V is far from infallible; we
all get into messes, and sometimes they kill us.
The gene-pool can make mistakes,
but less frequently. Most gene-pools have a life-span far beyond any
individual, by a factor of many thousands. Obviously, if we judge
intelligence by survival, gene-pools—made up of the information of many
million individuals—are more "intelligent" than any individuals, even
geniuses. (Einstein was not as smart as the Jewish people collectively. He
created Relativity and was smart enough to escape the Nazis. The Jews,
historically, created dozens of ideas as important as Relativity and
survived hundreds of pogroms.) |
||
|
||
204 Prometheus Rising
The species is even more
intelligent than the gene-pool. It lives millions of times longer than any
individual, many thousand times longer than any
gene-pool.
The biosphere—Gaia—the DNA
script—is more intelligent than all individuals, gene-pools and species.
It has survived everything thrown at it for nearly 4 billion years,
and is getting smarter all the time. It is on the edge of achieving
immortality; through the sixth circuit it has a better eye to see itself
and judge its trajectories than ever before; it is getting ready to leave
this planet and expand across the universe.
Beethoven, to cite him one more
time, said "Anybody who understands my music will never be unhappy again."
That is because his music is the song of the Sixth Circuit, of Gaia, the
Life Spirit, becoming conscious of Herself, of Her powers, of Her own
capacities for infinite progress.
EXERCIZES
1. List at least 15
similarities between New York (or any large city) and an insect colony,
such as a bee-hive or termite hill. (If you can't think of at least 15,
read Edward Wilson's Sociobiology.) Contemplate the information
in the DNA loop, which created both of these enclaves of high
coherence and organization, in primate and insect
societies.
2. Read the Upanishads and
every time you see the word "Atman" or "World Soul," translate it as DNA
blueprint. See if it makes sense to you that way.
3. Contemplating these issues
usually triggers Jungian synchronicities. See how long after reading this
chapter you encounter an amazing coincidence—e.g., seeing DNA on a license
plate, having a copy of the Upanishads given to you unexpectedly,
seeing an image like Crowley's Pan or Great Mother in a work of popular
art etc.
4. Explain such a synchronicity,
when it occurs, in Circuit III Rationalist terms—mere coincidence
etc.
5. Psychologist Barbara Honnegger
explains synchronicities by saying that the right brain hemisphere (where
this circuit is located) moves you in space-time to the place where the
synchronicity will occur, while the Rationalist left brain invents
rationalizations to go there. Synchronicities are a language
through |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
205 |
||
|
|||
which this circuit communicates
with the left brain, in this theory. Try explaining coincidences by that
theory. What messages is your right brain trying to send to your left
brain?
6. Jung and several of his
disciples (e.g., Coleman, Steiger, Fiedler) have suggested that UFOs are
messages from this collective DNA circuit to the left brain. What do such
messages mean? What is the right brain trying to tell
us? |
|||
|
|||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER THIRTEEN
INTRODUCTION TO
THE
METAPROGRAMMING
CIRCUIT |
||
It is the human situation that is
basically tragic. Right and Left revolutionaries cannot alter this basic
dilemma. For instance, the most radical Left-wing group has no program to
overcome death. The entire Right-Left establishment is still death
oriented.
— P.M. Esfandiary,
Upwingers
|
||
![]() |
||
207 |
||
|
||
|
||
![]() |
||
CAN 100,000 PEOPLE HALLUCINATE AT
ONCE? How else do you explain history? |
||
|
||
208 |
||
I once saw a cartoon—I forget
where—that seems to me to summarize the central fact of neurological
relativism.
A cat approaches a dog and says
"Meow." The dog looks confused. The cat repeats, "Meow!" The dog still
looks confused. The cat repeats, more emphatically, "MEEOW!!!" Finally,
the dog ventures, "Bow-wow?" The cat stalks away indignantly, thinking
"Dumb dog!"
Of course, human communication, and
our great philosophical debates, cannot be on this primitive level. Of
course!
Nonetheless...
Between May and October, 1917, in
Fatima, Spain, occurred the best documented series of "miracles" in modern
history. As everybody knows, it began when three illiterate peasant girls
had a vision of the Blessed Virgin Mary. Please note at once that it is
easy, and tempting, for the Rationalist, and the non-Catholic generally,
to treat this first incident as "merely" hallucination. Note next how
hard it is to make that explanation stick as the subsequent details
are narrated.
At the second "visitation of the
Virgin" in June there were fifty witnesses. All agreed that they
heard an explosion and saw a puff of smoke. (Only the three girls on this
and subsequent occasions ever saw the Lady.) Shall we assume now that, in
addition to hallucinating girls we must add a practical joker with a
smoke bomb, to make sense of what was going on?
At the third visitation in July
there were 4500 witnesses. All of them heard an explosion again, at
the Lady's departure, and most of them claimed they heard humming and
buzzing noises while the children spoke to her. (This humming and buzzing
is common in later UFO stories...)
On August 13, there were 18,000
witnesses, who saw, or hallucinated a symphony of weirdities,
including flowers falling out of the sky, another explosion, bright
flashes of light on the clouds and on the ground (crimson, pink, yellow
and blue) and a luminous globe spinning through the sky, just like a
modern UFO.
On September 13, there were
30,000 witnesses. All saw the luminous "UFO" again, and there was
another downpour—not flowers this time, but glistening globules of light
that got smaller as they descended and "melted" near ground level. Dr.
Carl |
||
209 |
||
2io Prometheus Rising
Sagan would have solemnly told you,
with his bare face hanging out, that all 30,000 witnesses were
hallucinating simultaneously.
October 13, the last "miracle" was
witnessed by 70,000 at the scene, and 30,000 others for
hundreds of miles around claimed to see some of the phenomena. Some said
that the sun plunged directly toward the earth, but others that a globe
"big and bright as the sun" had appeared and did the plunging. This was
accompanied by flashes of red, violet, blue and yellow, together with a
"heavenly" perfume permeating the air.
It is claimed that "thousands" of
people were converted to Catholicism by these events. Please note that if
it had all happened 50 years later in 1967, many of these people would
have been converted to the newer mystique of the Space
Brothers.
Nietzsche once said, "We are all
greater artists than we realize." It is a function of the above record
(and this book as a whole) to make that obscure joke totally clear to
every reader.
But, but, but—All 100,000 witnesses
who saw some of the phenomena associated with the last Fatima "miracle"
must have been hallucinating, of course. This is the most comfortable and
conservative way of dealing with such events, and one does not have to be
as narrow as Dr. Sagan to prefer such a simple explanation. Still...if
100,000 people can hallucinate simultaneously, and if, as history assures
us, many millions can share a "religious" or political delusion
simultaneously, only a man as rigidly dogmatic as Sagan can avoid asking
the most disturbing questions about the origin of his own beliefs and
perceptions.
Cromwell once addressed the Irish
rebels, saying, "I beseech you, in the bowels of Christ, think it possible
that you might be wrong." History does not record that Cromwell ever
addressed the same remark to himself.
Each of us is trapped in the
reality-tunnel (assumption-consumption) his or her brain has manufactured.
We do not "see" it or "sense" it as a model our brain has created.
We automatically, unconsciously, mechanically "see" and "sense" it
out there, apart form us, and we consider it "objective." When we
meet somebody whose separate tunnel-reality is obviously far different
from ours, we are a bit frightened and always disoriented. We tend to
think they are mad, or that they are crooks |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 211
trying to con us in some way, or
that they are hoaxters playing a
joke. Yet it is neurologically obvious
that no two brains have the same genetically-programmed hard wiring, the
same imprints, the same conditioning, the same learning experiences. We
are all living in separate realities. That is why communication fails so
often, and misunderstandings and resentments are so common. I say "meow"
and you say "Bow-wow," and each of us is convinced the other is a bit
dumb.
According to reliable statistics,
over 100,000,000 citizens of the U.S. "believe in" UFOs and at least
15,000,000 have seen a UFO. The system of ideas, rumors, myths, hopes
etc. clustered about the UFO phenomenon may be the most powerful
sociological force for change currently acting upon our society, as
Dr. Jacques Vallee recently stressed in an address to a special United
Nations committee on the UFO mystery.
The UFO debate, or quarrel, hinges
upon the two categories which we find central to our thesis—the
innocent-looking ideas of "inside" and "outside." Broadly speaking, the
UFO "skeptics" are those who claim the UFO is "inside" the UFO observer
("hallucination," misidentification, etc.), while the UFO "believers"
claim the UFO is "outside" (objectivity).
As the semanticist Alfred Korzybski
often warned, when we split verbally that which is never split
existentially we introduce fallacies into our thinking. Korzybski's
favorite example was the matter of "space" and "time"; for in experience,
we never encounter "space" without "time" or "time" without "space," i.e..
a year measures the space the Earth moves around the sun, and the
space the Earth travels in one orbit gives us the time we call a
"year." The verbal separation of "space" and "time" became such a problem
in late 19th Century physics that paradoxes and contradictions multiplied
endlessly; and this was only resolved when the genius of Einstein went
back before the verbal categories, realized we had created them, and
started physics over from the ground up on the simple existential fact
that we never encounter "space" or "time" separately but only the
undifferen-tiated "space-time continuum."
Applying this Einsteinian
operational orientation to the UFO problem, we observe that we never hear
of a UFO without a |
||
|
||
2/2 Prometheus Rising
human observer. In fact, even the
UFOs "seen" on radar become UFOs (unidentified, rather than identified,
flying objects) through processes of evaluation in the nervous
system of the radar operator.
It is, therefore, the Einsteinian
and operational approach to accept the seamless unity of UFO-observer and
cease to separate them into "UFO" and "observer."
The types of "critters" who appear
in human-UFO experiences include the following:
Black men, blue men, green men,
black-faced men with green bodies;
Fish-scaled men, hairy dwarfs,
huge-headed bald dwarfs, armless humanoids;
Dwarfs with three fingers, dwarfs
with eight fingers, claw-handed men, one-eyed men;
Elephant-eared men, long-haired
sexless WoMen, man-apes, man-birds;
Robots, beer-can shaped entities
walking on fins, headless things, dwarfs in Nazi
uniforms;
Sinister "Greys" who engage in
sexual and/or genetic tamper-ings with humans.
This is only a partial zoology of
the UFO experience.
The craft favored by this odd crew
includes big blobs of light, little blobs of light, clusters of lights,
hard metallic ships, flat-bottom discs, conic discs, coin-like discs,
domed discs, ovals, spheres, spheroids, cigar-shaped craft, cubes,
tetrahedrons, crescents, "eggs," teardrop shapes, boomerangs. This is also
a partial list.
"We are being invaded by beings
from dozens of galaxies," said Otto Binder, a believer in the
extraterrestrial theory of UFOs, when this list was shown to
him.
One consistency does appear in this
confusing picture: those who have had Close Encounters show marked
personality change afterwards. At one extreme we find paranoid and
schizophrenic breakdowns or acute anxieties requiring hospital-ization; at
the other, "illuminations" similar to those of Buddha, Mohammed, Jesus,
St. Paul. In the middle we find a great deal of messianic fanaticism
typical of vulgar religiosity everywhere. |
||
Prometheus Rising 2/j
Other statistical clusterings can
be found in the literature. Blinding lights are very common—do we
recall St. Paul and the thousands at Fatima? And drumming and humming
noises are also common—as in shamanism everywhere, at Fatima, and even
in so sophisticated a brain-change system as Tibetan
Buddhism.
Let nobody underestimate this
phenomenon just because it is irrational. It is equally irrational for 900
people to drink cyanide because a paranoid on pep-pills tells them to, and
Nazism and the Holy Inquisition were equally irrational. As Dr. Jacques
Vallee told the UN committee on UFOs,
It is the third aspect o/the
UFO phenomenon which deserves full attention... The third aspect is the
social belief system which has been generated by...the expectation of
space victors. This belief...is creating new religious, cultural and
political concepts of which social science has taken little notice.
[Italics in original.]1
Rationalism—a philosophy for which
we have great sympathy, as for a backward relative—wants to take UFO
"observers" by the collar, shake them vigorously and shout in their ears,
"Look you so and so. It never happened!—you got it, buddy?" Well, maybe it
didn't—and then again maybe it did. In either case, UFO-observers are all
better artists than they realize.
It should also be obvious that the
Rationalist is a better artist than he realizes. Amid millions of
people who have or create such experiences every day in every city on the
planet, the Rationalist has created a separate reality in which such
things never happen—to him.
Flying saucers and ESP (not to
mention Fatima and its "miracles") may seem far removed from Patty
Hearst's |
||
Dr. Carl Jung has compared the UFOs
in general and Close Encounters in particular with the "signs and wonders"
that accompanied the breakdown of Roman paganism and the rise of
Christianity. It is ironic to remember that the Rationalists of that
time—the Stoics, Epicureans and other heirs of the Greek
philosophical-skeptical tradition—regarded Christianity with as much
contempt as the modern Rationalist has for UFOs. They simply refused to
look at what was happening, until their society was overcome by the
paradigm shift to the new reality-tunnel. |
||
|
||
214 Prometheus Rising
"decision" to become a
bank-robber. We are trying to show that there is an intimate connection
between all the weirdities of consciousness.
The process by which we construct a
kitchen chair out of a whirl of atomic energy is just as creative
(artistic) as the processes by which Patty Hearst turned her father
from a beloved parent into a Pig Imperialist.
Your whole world has been
constructed that way. You are "reconciled" to death because you have been
told, all your life, that everybody must die. Only the Extropian
minority—which can be found wherever scientists, science-fiction fans,
Futurists and space enthusiasts gather—is living in the separate reality
that claims we no longer have to accept this axiom of
despair.
The revolutionaries of any decade
will become the reactionaries of the next decade, if they do not change
their nervous system, because the world around them is changing. He
or she who stands still in a moving, racing, accelerating age, moves
backwards relatively speaking. Thus, there are hundreds of
"Thanatological" seminars available in the once revolutionary but
now-reactionary Consciousness Movement. These seminars are designed to
reconcile people to death, and are about as reactionary as seminars c.
1860 designed to reconcile Black people to slavery.
Only one offshoot of the
Consciousness Movement, the Theta Seminars of Leonard Orr, are designed to
prepare people for our oncoming immortality.
EXERCIZES
1. Buy a copy of Christian
Science Sentinel and read all the faith healings reported that month.
Note that each "miracle" is attributed to the correct teaching as
transmitted by Jesus Christ and Mary Baker Eddy.
2. Buy a copy of The Peyote Cult
by anthropologist Weston LeBarre which attributes the same effects to
auto-suggestion.
3. Read Brain/Mind Bulletin
for any recent year, and observe that similar healings are reported
regularly and attributed to endorphins in the
brain.
4. Witnesses have testified that
Jim Jones (like a few other professional faith-healers) used skills
part of the time, a shill |
||
|
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 2/5
being a person who pretends to be
ill and pretends to be cured, in order to get the audience in the right
frame of mind. Re-read all the miracles in the New Testament, using
each of these filters: Jesus had the correct teaching; Jesus was using
auto-suggestion; the sufferers' brains unleashed endorphins when
Jesus gave them positive auto-suggestion; Jesus was a con-man using
shills.
Since you weren't there at the
time, does your choice among these theories, or your combination of them,
tell more about Jesus or more about your own favorite
reality-tunnel?
5. Did you ever really give a good
trial to our exercize, "I can now exceed all of my previous hopes and
ambitions?" Try it; and at the same time, try, "I can be healthier
than I have ever been before." |
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER FOURTEEN
THE META- PROGRAMMING CIRCUIT |
||
Man is ignorant of the nature of
his own being and powers, Even his idea of his limitations is based on
experience of the pad. There is therefore no reason to assign theoretical
limits to what he may be, or what he may do.
— Aleister Crowley,
Magick
|
||
![]() |
||
2/7 |
||
|
||
|
||
According to Alfred Korzybski, any
"idea" or mental state is a brain circuit which the brain itself can
contemplate, thereby having an idea about the idea, or a mental state
about the mental state, etc. There is no theoretical or real limit to the
higher-ordering process; it is the "Infinity Within" of which mystics
speak.
Dr. John Lilly says, "In the
province of the mind what is believed true is true or becomes true within
limits to be learned by experience and experiment. These limits are
further beliefs to be transcended. In the province of the mind there are
no limits."
Mind and its contents are
functionally identical: My wife only exists, for me, in my
mind. Not being a solipsist, I recognize the converse: I only exist,
for her, in her mind. Lest the reader exclaim, like Byron of
Wordworth, "I wish he would explain his explanation!", let us try it this
way: If I am so fortunate as to be listening to the Hammerklavier
sonata, the only correct answer, if you ask me suddenly, "Who are
you?" would be to hum the Hammerklavier. For, with music of that
quality, one is hypnotized into rapt attention: there is no division
between "me" and "my experience."
In heavy meditation, when I think
of me, I am me; when I think of me and you, I am me and you; when I think
of you alone, I am not there anymore; when I think of God, I am God.
What I see with my eyes closed and with my eyes open is the same stuff:
brain circuitry.
Mathematician J.W. Dunne puts the
matter in a parable. A painter, who had escaped from the asylum to which
he was (justly or unjustly) confined, decided to paint the field in which
he found himself. Finished, he looked at the result and realized that
something was missing: namely, himself and his canvas, which were part of
the field. So he started over and painted himself and his canvas in the
field. But, examining the results with philosophical analysis, he realized
that something was still missing: namely, himself and his canvas on which
he was painting himself and his canvas in the field. So he started a third
time.. .and a fourth....ad infinitum.
We think of the paintings of M.C.
Escher at this point: Or we recall the old folk-tale of the farmer who set
out to market with ten donkeys, on one of which he rode. After a while, he
began to wonder if any of the donkeys had strayed and he began counting
there seemed to be only nine. Disturbed, he dismounted
and
2/9 |
||
220 Prometheus Rising
walked around the herd, counting
carefully—and there were ten after all. So he remounted and went on
riding, until worry beset him again. So he counted another time.. .and
there were nine. So, once again, he dismounted and walked about counting
carefully to find ten. The process is repeated until he finally solves the
problem, carrying one donkey on his back and driving the other nine before
him.
The "disappearing donkey" trick is
the epitome of ideas about ideas about ideas, paintings of paintings of
paintings, etc. The disappearing donkey is a synecdoche of the
meta-programming circuit of the nervous system.
The meta-programming circuit—known
as the "soul" in Gnosticism, the "no-mind" (wu-hsin) in China, the
White Light of the Void in Tibetan Buddhism, Shiva-darshana in
Hinduism, the True Intellectual Center in Gurdjieff—simply represents the
brain becoming aware of itself. The artist seeing himself in his painting,
seeing himself seeing himself in his painting... In the Zen metaphor, it
is a mirror that reflects anything, but does not hold onto anything. It is
a conscious mirror that knows it can always reflect something else by
changing its angle of reflection.
This is analyzed mathematically in
G. Spencer Brown's Laws of Form; an analog, using not Brown's math
but Godel's, and employing illustrations from the music of Bach and the
paintings of Escher, is Hofstadter's Godel, Escher,
Bach.
Most of the occult literature of
the world—aside from the 95% of it that is sheer rubbish—consists of
tricks, gimmicks and games (which the Hindus call upaya,
"clever ways") to trigger meta-programming consciousness. This
generally means leading the student "all around Robin Hood's barn" as many
times as are necessary, until the poor victim discovers that he has
created the barn himself.
For instance, a popular game with
California occultists—I do not know its inventor—involves a Magic Room,
much like the Pleasure Dome discussed earlier except that this
Magic Room contains an Omniscient Computer.
To play this game, you simply
"astrally project" into the Magic Room. Do not ask what "astral
projection" means, and do not assume it is metaphysical (and therefore
either impossible, if you are a materialist, or very difficult, if you are
a mystic). Just |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
221 |
||
|
|||
assume this is a
gedankenexperiment, a "mind game." Project yourself, in
imagination, into this Magic Room and visualize vividly the Omniscient
Computer, using the details you need to make such a
super-information-processor real to your fantasy.
You do not need any knowledge of
programming to handle this astral computer. It exists early in the next
century; you are getting to use it by a species of time-travel, if that
metaphor is amusing and helpful to you. It is so built that it responds
immediately to human brain-waves, "reading" them and decoding their
meaning. (Crude prototypes of such computers already exist.) So, when you
are in this magic room, you can ask this Computer anything, just by
thinking of what you want to know. It will read your thought, and project
into your brain, by a laser ray, the correct answer.
There is one slight problem. The
computer is very sensitive to all brain-waves. If you have any
doubts, it registers them as negative commands, meaning "Do not answer my
question." So, the way to use it is to start simply, with "easy"
questions. Ask it to dig out of the archives the name of your second-grade
teacher. (Almost everybody remembers the name of their first grade
teacher—imprint vulnerability again—but that of the second grade teacher
tends to get lost.)
When the computer has dug out the
name of your second grade teacher, try it on a harder question, but not
one that is too hard. It is very easy to sabotage this machine, but
you don't want to sabotage it during these experiments. You want to see
how well it can be made to perform.
It is wise to ask only one question
at a time, since it requires concentration to keep this magic
computer real on the field of your perception. Do not exhaust your
capacities for imagination and visualization on your first trial
runs.
After a few trivial experiments of
the second-grade-teacher variety, you can try more interesting programs.
Take a person toward whom you have negative feelings, such as anger,
disappointment, feeling-of-betrayal, jealousy or whatever interferes with
the smooth, tranquil operation of your own bio-computer. Ask the Magic
Computer to explain that other person to you; to translate you into
their reality-tunnel long enough for you to |
|||
|
|||
222 Prometheus Rising
understand how events seem to them.
Especially, ask how you
seem to them. The Poet Prayed: Oh would some power the giftie gie
us
To see ourselves as others see us This computer will do that job for
you; but be prepared for some shocks which might be disagreeable at
first.
This super-brain can also perform
exegesis on ideas that seem obscure, paradoxical or enigmatic to us. For
instance, early experiments with this computer can very profitably turn on
asking it to explain some of the propositions in this book which may seem
inexplicable or perversely wrong-headed to you, such as "We are all
greater artists than we realize" or "What the Thinker thinks, the Prover
proves" or "mind and its contents are functionally
identical."
This computer is much more powerful
and scientifically advanced than the rapture-machine in the neurosomatic
circuit. It has total access to all the earlier, primitive circuits, and
overrules any of them. That is, if you put a meta-programming instruction
into this computer; it will relay it downward to the old circuits and
cancel contradictory programs left over from the past. For instance, try
feeding it on such meta-programming instructions as:
1. I am at cause over my
body.
2. I am at cause over my
imagination.
3.1 am at cause over my
future.
4. My mind abounds with beauty and
power.
5.1 like people, and people like
me.
Remember that this computer is
only a few decades ahead of present technology, so it cannot "understand"
your commands if you harbor any doubts about them. Doubts tell it not to
perform. Work always from what you can believe in, extending the area of
belief only as results encourage you to try for more dramatic
transformations of your past reality-tunnels.
This represents cybernetic
consciousness; the programmer becoming self-programmer,
self-metaprogrammer, meta-meta-programmer, etc. Just as the emotional
compulsions of the second circuit seem primitive, mechanical and,
ultimately, silly |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
22
3 |
||
|
|||
to the neurosomatic consciousness,
so, too, the reality maps of the third circuit become comic, relativistic,
game-like to the metaprogrammer.
"Whatever you say it is, it
isn't, " Korzybski, the semanticist, repeated endlessly in his
seminars, trying to make clear that third-circuit semantic maps are not
the territories they represent; that we can always make maps of our maps,
revisions of our revisions, meta-selves of our selves.
"Neti, neti" (not that, not
that), Hindu teachers traditionally say when asked what "God" is or what
"Reality" is.
Yogis, mathematicians and musicians
seem more inclined to develop meta-programming consciousness than most of
humanity. Korzybski even claimed that the use of mathematical scripts is
an aid to developing this circuit, for as soon as you think of your mind
as mind1, and the mind which contemplates that mind as
mind2 and the mind which contemplates mind2
contemplating mind1 as mind3, you are well on your
way to meta-programming awareness. Alice in Wonderland is a
masterful guide to the meta-programming circuit (written by one of the
founders of mathematical logic) and Aleister Crowley soberly urged its
study upon all students of yoga.
R. Buckminster Fuller illustrates
the meta-programming circuit, in his lectures, by pointing out that we
feel puny in comparison to the size of the universe, but only our bodies
(hardware) are puny. Our minds, he says—by which he means our
software—contain the universe, by the act of comprehending
it.
The seventh, meta-programming
circuit is the most recent in evolutionary time and seems to be located in
the frontal lobes. That is why the traditional Hindu exercize to
activate it is to fix the consciousness in the front of the forehead and
hold it there, hour after hour, day after day, year after year, until the
metaprogrammer awakes and you begin to perceive-create infinite realities
where before there was only one static jail-cell "reality" in which you
were trapped.
As said above, this circuit is the
"soul" of the Gnostics, as distinct from the self. The self seems to be
fixed and firm, but is not; that is, whatever circuit you are operating on
at the moment is your "self at that moment. If I point a gun at you, you
go to Circuit I consciousness at once, and that is your "self at
that |
|||
|
|||
224 Prometheus Rising
instant. But if you are sexually
attracted to somebody, you go to Circuit IV and that is your "self until
you are orgasmically satisfied (or hopelessly frustrated). Most of the
preliminary exercizes in Sufi and Gurdjieff schools consist in making you
aware that the "self is not constant but shifts back and forth between the
imprints on the various circuits.
The "soul" or Circuit VII is
constant, because it is, as the Chinese say, void or no-form. It plays all
the roles you play— oral dependent, emotional tyrant, cool rationalist,
romantic seducer, neurosomatic healer, neurogenetic Evolutionary
Visionary—but it is none of them. It is plastic. It is no-form,
because it is all forms. It is the "creative Void" of the
Taoists.
If this begins to sound like
nonsense, that is inevitable on this level. As Lewis Morgan notes, in
books on linguistics there always comes a point at which the prose itself
becomes wildly incomprehensible, disintegrating into
nonsense.
The same happens, Morgan notes,
beyond a certain point in modern mathematics:
Godel's Theorem was once explained
to me by a patient, a gentle mathematician, and just as I was taking it
all in, nodding appreciatively at'the beauty of the whole idea.. .it all
turned into nonsense inside my head.
It happens in both linguistics and
mathematics, because it happens in consciousness itself, language
and math are just models of consciousness.
"Mind" is a tool invented by the
universe to see itself; but it can never see all of itself, for much the
same reason that you can't see your own back (without mirrors). Or as Alan
Watts liked to say, because the tongue ultimately cannot taste the
tongue.
Ideas about ideas—mathematics about
mathematics (Godel) —language about language—consciousness of
consciousness— the whole seventh circuit brings us into what Hofstadter
calls Strange Loops. Like the legendary ko-ko bird, we follow our
own tail around in ever-narrowing circles, but unlike that mythic bird we
never complete the process by flying up our own rectums and disappearing.
It just seems like we're about to self-destruct in that colorful way, and
we decide that what we have been reading, or thinking, or perceiving, must
be "nonsense." |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
225 |
||
|
|||
It is not nonsense. We are merely
confronting infinity where we least expected to encounter it—in our own
lonely selves.
Physics joined linguistics,
mathematics and psychology in this mete programming hall of mirrors when
Schrodinger demonstrated that quantum events are not "objective" in the
Newtonian sense. For fifty years since then, physicists have been
struggling to build a system that will get them out of this Strange Loop.
The results have been as funny as a Zen koan.
For instance, Niels Bohr proposed
the Copenhagen Interpretation, which merely says, in the manner of Godel,
that our equations do not describe the universe really. They describe the
mental processes we have to put ourselves through to describe the
universe. True enough—and this whole book is a Copenhagen Interpretation
of psychology and owes everything to Dr. Bohr, but we are still in
a Strange Loop, and most physicists want to get out.
Dr. John von Neumann proved that
there was no way out. This is technically known as Von Neumann's
Catastrophe of the Infinite Regress, and it merely shows that any device
that will get us out of the first Strange Loop (the Copenhagen collapse of
objectivity) will just lead us into a second Strange Loop; and any way out
of that will lead to an inexorable third Strange Loop; and so on,
forever.
Everybody is still trying to refute
von Neumann; but nobody has been successful.
"I can't get out—my horns won't fit
through the door.
The meta-programming circuit is
not a trap. As Joyce would say, it only looks as like it as damn
it. Simply accept that the universe is so structured that it can see
itself, and that this self-reflexive arc is built into our frontal lobes,
so that consciousness contains an infinite regress, and all we can do is
make models of ourselves making models...
Well, at that point, the only thing
to do is relax and enjoy the show.
This is what the Hindus call
Shiva-darshana, or the divine dance. You are still in life, or life
is in you, but since there are infinite aspects to everything, especially
to the "you" who is observing/creating all these muddles and models,
there are no limits. |
|||
|
|||
|
||
22(5 Prometheus Rising
The only sensible goal, then, is
to try to build a reality-tunnel for next week that is bigger, funnier,
sexier, more optimistic and generally less boring than any previous
reality-tunnel.
And once you have built that
bigger, funnier, happier universe of thought, build a bigger and better
one, for next month.
EXERCIZES
1. If all you can know is your own
brain programs operating, the whole universe you experience is inside your
head. Try to hold onto that model for at least an hour. Note how often you
relapse into feeling the universe as outside you.
2. Consider the belief
system or reality-tunnel of an educated reader 1200 years ago—in 797 AD.
How much of that tunnel still seems "Real"? How much in our reality-tunnel
was unknown or invisible then?
3. Consider the reality-tunnel of
an educated person 1200 years from now—in 3197 AD. How much of our
reality-tunnel will still seem "Real"? How much of the 3197 AD
reality-tunnel is unknown or invisible to us?
4. Re-read Moses' encounter with I
AM WHO I AM in Deuteronomy. Try the theory that Moses was talking to his
own meta-programming circuit. |
||
|
||
CHAPTER FIFTEEN
DIFFERENT MODELS
& DIFFERENT MUDDLES |
||
It1 is not just a riot
of blots and blurs and disjointed jottings linked
by spurts of speed... it only looks as like it as damn it. — James Joyce, Finnegans
Wake
|
||
![]() |
||
1 Presumably the input (software) or the brain
(hardware). Or both.
227 |
||
|
||
![]() |
||
"REALITY" IS THE TEMPORARY
RESULTANT OF
CONTINUOUS STRUGGLES BETWEEN
RIVAL GANGS
OF
PROGRAMMERS.
And every moment is a new and
shocking
Transvaluation of all we have ever been. — T.S. Eliot, Four Quartets
|
||
228 |
||
![]() |
||
When a paradigm shift occurs—when
we go from seeing things one way to seeing them another way—the whole
world is remade. All that we "know" is what registers on our brains,
so what you perceive (your individual reality-tunnel) is made up of
nothing but thoughts—as Sir Humphrey Davy noted when self-experimenting
with nitrous oxide in 1819, and as Buddha noticed by sitting alone until
all his social imprints atrophied and dropped away.
The Copernican Revolution in
astronomy, the Darwinian revolution in biology, the Relativity and Quantum
revolutions in physics, have all been as shocking to those who lived
through them as the Immortalist Revolution is today.
You can live in the reality-tunnel
imprinted upon you by environmental accident or you can choose your own.
You can go through brain changes as radically bad as those of Patty Hearst
and Rusty Galley, as transcendentally beautiful as those of Buddha and
Jesus, as epistomologically revolutionary as those of Darwin and
Einstein.
You can join those who have already
entered the Immortalist Reality Tunnel, the Scientologist Reality-Tunnel
or the Communist Reality-Tunnel.
"There are a lot of different
realities going around these days," Abby Hoffman once said. Evolutionary
acceleration is forcing us to the point where each will have to take
responsibility for which reality we accept.
Fifteen million Americans are
waiting, trustingly, for the Space Brothers to come down in their UFOs and
enforce World Peace.
The UFO is the, or an, extreme
case. In general, everything we see is inside our
heads.
229 |
||
|
||
2JO Prometheus Rising
This is demonstrated by the
well-known optical diagram
encountered in every high-school physics class: |
||
![]() |
||
The light rays from the external
object are reflected through the lens of the eye onto the retina, and
reversed in the process. The brain obligingly interprets the picture,
turning it right-side-up, and editing it in other ways more
subtle.
What is true of vision is true of
the other senses. What we know is what registers on the brain. This is the
answer to the famous Zen Buddhist koan (riddle), "Who is the Divine
Being who makes the grass green?"
The brain, in the routine course of
the before-mentioned 100,000,000 programs per minute, takes in, edits,
orchestrates, organizes, packages, labels etc. all raw "existential"
experience and classifies it according to the neurological Dewey Decimal
System. This system varies from society to society; hence, cultural
relativism—what is "real" to the Eskimo is not quite the same as what is
"real" to a New York taxi-driver.
To review: Each individual has a
neurological system, or game, different from other members of the same
society. In accord with Einstein's physical relativism, and anthropology's
cultural relativism, we call this neurological
relativism.
The vegetarian does not "see"
(experience) meat on a rack in the butcher shop the same way the
meat-eater sees it. The racist does not see a member of another race as,
say, that person's parents do. More generally, as the Poet tells us: "The
Fool sees not the same tree that the Wise Man sees."
Among the many editorial tasks of
the brain, performed so rapidly and smoothly that we do not notice it, is
the classification of the separate quanta of perception into "inside" and
"outside." That this neat system does not accord with brute fact we learn
from optics and neurology; that it can be abolished entirely,
with |
||
Prometheus Rising 237
great profit in terms of insight,
we learn from the type of meta-programming experience called dhyana
in the Hindu and Buddhist traditions.
Crowley says of the dhyana
experience:
In the course of our concentration
we noticed that the contents of the mind at any moment consisted of two
things, and no more: the (external) Object, variable, and the (internal)
Subject, invariable, or apparently so. By success in dharana1
the object has been made as invariable as the subject.
Now the result of this is that the
two become one. This
phenomenon usually comes as a tremendous shock. In our words, "mind"
(whatever that is) and its contents are functionally identical.
The usual system of classifying the contents as "me" (part of "mind")
and not-"me" ("outside") can be abolished—not just by meditation, but by
certain well-known drugs—and the unity of the field of perception is then
recognized. We become Metaprogrammers.
This is what we might expect from
the triumphs of field theory and general systems theory in sociology,
anthropology, quantum theory etc. It still comes as a distinct shock when
it is experienced not just talked about. When "I" and "my world" (field of
perception) become one, "I" am transformed utterly, as in "in a refiners'
fire," as the mystics say.
This sounds a bit puzzling to the
average person without experience in brain-change games. Try this
illustration: Assuming you are reading this in your own home, look around
the room. Note that everything in your field of vision—furniture,
paintings or posters on the walls, stereo set or absence of same, rugs, TV
or not TV, etc.—is, in a sense, your creation or co-creation.
You and/or your spouse or room-mates(s) selected everything
that got into the room. You also selected or co-selected that
particular room, out of the millions of rooms on this planet where you
might otherwise live. The tunnel-reality of that room, then, in a very
real sense has been "created" or "manifested" by you, out of
a universe of infinite possibilities. |
||
Silent meditation on one object
for many weeks, like the Zen monk with the ox. |
||
232 Prometheus Rising
Of course, only the most fanatic
Freudian or Buddhist mystic would claim your whole life history has been
similarly "selected" by you. But, stop and think a moment: the
life-history you think you have, the part that is stored in your
brain as "memory," has certainly been selected. You can't even remember
everything that happened in the last five minutes. If you try to be
inwardly silent (passive; non-verbal) and notice everything happening in
your field for one minute, you are overwhelmed by thousands of
impressions that you cannot catalog and retain.
Conclusion: who you are, and what
you think you are, is a creation edited and orchestrated by your
brain.
Everybody you meet is an "artist"
who has made a similar creation.
And these creations are, all of
them, as diverse and idiosyncratic as the musical styles of Bach,
Beethoven, Rock, Wagner, Vivaldi, Bizet, Orff, Chopin, John Cage, Soul,
the Beatles, Harry James, Disco, Scotch folk-songs, African
chants...
As for the universe "outside" you:
of course, you didn't create that. But just because you didn 't create
it, you can never know it...except approximately. What you do know,
and consider "the universe outside" is another, part of your brain, which
has made of its circuits a model which you identify with the
universe outside.
These models are as varied and
miscellaneous as the paintings of Botticelli, Rembrandt, Van Gogh,
Picasso, Paul Klee, Wyeth, Dali, Monet...
This the meaning of the notion that
mind and its contents are functionally identical.
Consider the old folk-rhyme:
I saw a man upon the stair,
A little man who wasn't there. He wasn't there again today; Gee, I wish he'd go away. This little man is a semantic
spook; he exists only in the language, and yet once the language has
invoked him it almost seems to make sense to wish he would go
away.
Recent advances in semantics,
semiotic, linguistic analysis, foundations of mathematics, logic, etc.
have demonstrated that |
||
|
||
Prometheus Rising 233
our conceptual field—our symbolic
environment—is haunted by
many such "spooks." There are Empedoclean paradoxes,
of which the classic is:
|
||
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
Theologians are vexed by questions
like: Can an omnipotent God create a rock so heavy He Himself cannot lift
it? (If he cannot, he is not omnipotent; and if he can, he is also not
omnipotent.) Philosophers and physicists are still bothered by: what
happened before Time began? Somebody is supposed to have remarked, "I'm
glad I don't like cauliflower, because if I liked it, I'd eat it, and I
hate the stuff." Alice in Wonderland, and any treatise on
mathematical logic, will provide hundreds of examples of similar
mind-benders.
A Zen saying sums it all
up:
"To think that I am not going to
think of you anymore is still thinking of you. Let me then try not to
think that I am not going to think of you."
Bertrand Russell and Alfred North
Whitehead attempted to resolve all such conundrums with a mathematical
proposition known as the Theory of Types. Unfortunately, it was quickly
pointed out that either (a) the Theory of Types refers to itself, in which
case it limits itself by its own terms, and does not solve all our
semantic problems, or (b) the Theory of Types does not refer to itself, in
which case there are propositions to which it does not refer, and it is
again limited, and we are left with our problems.
These third-circuit perplexities
are of more than technical logical and philosophical import. Many
situations in real life take the form of our being haunted by our own
semantic spooks. For instance, the popular novel, Catch-22, deals
with a very real Empedoclean knot: the hero can escape from the war if he
can prove his is crazy, but if he attempts to do this it will prove he is
sane, since it is sane to escape a dangerous situation.
The logic of the dream-world of
Finnegans Wake is not so far from real life, either. A patient, of
German birth, at St. Elizabeth's hospital, would not walk through doors,
explaining "Da fressen mich die Turen." (The doors will eat me.)
This makes |
||
|
||
234 Prometheus Rising
perfect sense phonetically, since
it is identical in pronunciation with "Dafressen mich die Tieren. "
(The animals will eat me).
Word-magic? Schizophrenia? The
average person, not a vegetarian, will respond positively to "tender juicy
filet mignon" on the menu; but not to "a piece off of a dead castrated
bull." But the two expressions mean the same thing.
We all tend to conjugate sentences
in the manner caricatured by Bertrand Russell: "I am firm. You are
obstinate. He is a pigheaded fool." ("I am daring and original. You are
pretentious. She stinks." "I am flexible. You bend with the wind. They're
a bunch of opportunists.")
The magic of poetry creates "real
toads in imaginary gardens," it has been said. When Robert Burns
writes:
The wan moon is setting behind the
white wave
And Time is setting with me, oh it is hard not to feel that the
abstraction "time" has become as real as the physical moon and wave—or the
little man upon the stair.
Consider the following
table:
|
||
![]() |
||
Any phrase in column I can describe
persons or events that might very well be described, by a different
speaker, with the corresponding phrase in column II. Now the reader may
feel that some of the phrases above are so pejorative, so loaded with
prejudice, that only the most ignorant or bigoted would use them; but that
is irrelevant. What needs to be noted is that it is easy to see the
bias in somebody else's semantic maps, but not so easy to see the bias in
one's own semantic reality-tunnel. If the reader were born in Arkansas in
the 1920s, item 1 in Column I might seem |
||
Prometheus Rising 235
the natural, accurate, normal way
to refer to the first NAACP worker to appear and try to organized the
Blacks.
These matters are symbolic, but
more than linguistic. For example, the proverbial Englishman who dressed
for dinner every night in his lonely tropical hut was no fool. He was
keeping an English third-circuit reality bubble around him, to
avoid becoming engulfed in the reality-bubble of the natives. See what
happens to Kurz in Joseph Conrad's Heart of Darkness when the
African reality-tunnel overwhelms his European
reality-tunnel.
It only takes a few weeks in prison
to become "a convict," whatever your definition of yourself was before, it
only takes a few weeks in the Army to become a "soldier."
These remarks are another
elucidation of our earlier statement that mind and its contents are
functionally identical. The symbolizing process is such that, once set
in motion, it is virtually impossible (without subtle neurological
know-how) to escape from a reality-tunnel one has created for oneself or
had foisted upon one by the environment.
Kurt Saxon is the author of The
Poor Man's James Bond, a manual that tells you everything you could
ever want to know about practical techniques of murder and mayhem, The
Survivor, a four-volume extension of the same libretto, telling where
to acquire any possible type of weapon, Root Rot, a diatribe
against Alex Haley for implying that slavery was unfair to Black people,
and several similar books. Mr. Saxon does not get reviewed in the Liberal
magazines that decide which authors are important, but he has a wide
readership among the Apocalyptical sects of the right-wing end of the
political spectrum.
Mr. Saxon wrote in the 1970s that
the United States would be destroyed almost totally by 1982. This is
because the government has driven the "competents" out of business by
excessive taxation and has subsidized 30 million "incompetents" on Welfare
and another 30 million "incompetents" on Social Security. This country has
thus become, Saxon says, "a Disneyland for dummies."
By 1982, Saxon said, the whole
economy would collapse. "Millions of taxpayers will be unemployed...
Millions who are now on Valium or other tranquilizers will go insane when
they cannot get more. Drug addicts (will) swarm over
pharmacies |
||
236 Prometheus Rising
looking for dope, ruining
everything they don't steal..." We will be helpless against Russian attack
because "our politicians have so devoted themselves to
nurturing...incompetent dependents that further industrialization to put
our nation on a war footing will be unaffordable. Even if it were not, our
present union-spoiled and demanding work force cannot be expected to
perform the way our parents did in the war plants of the late 1930s and
early 1940s." The only solution, Saxon informs us, is to buy farms, order
his books on how to kill people efficiently, and stockpile every type of
weaponry, to fight off the "drooling imbeciles and parasites" who will
flee the doomed cities and try to steal your crops.
Mr. Saxon believed that these are
objective predictions based on hard "laws" of sociology and
economics which he learned from the writings of Ms. Ayn Rand. He did not
believe that this apocalyptical reality tunnel in which he lives is in any
way an artistic creation expressing his own emotional anxieties and
hostilities.
John White believes that the earth
will shift on its axis some time before 1999. There will be "massive loss
of life" and civilization will be almost totally destroyed. The only hope
you have, he says, is to retreat to a farm (a la Mr. Saxon) where you will
probably be wiped out anyway but have some advantage over city-people in
that you won't have tall buildings falling on you when the Pole Shift sets
off earthquakes everywhere.
Mr. White believes that these are
objective predictions based on eternal "laws" of karma
which he learned from various occultists and gurus. He does not
believe that the apocalyptical reality-tunnel in which he lives is in any
way an artistic creation expressing his own emotional anxieties and
hostilities.
Mr. White also believes that many
UFOs are actually demons, and that after the Pole Shift kills us off, most
of us will go to "Hell," which is not eternal, fortunately, but only
"timeless."
If we confront the world without
ideas we see only a muddle, the formless void that existed before "God"
(intellect) started to create a universe (a system) in
Genesis.
Once we become the "image of God"
by making our own universe, we have a model of the muddle. The model is
very |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
237 |
||
|
|||
convenient—we could not be human
without it—but it is also very misleading whenever we forget that we have
created it.
None of the reality-models
discussed in this chapter, however bizarre they may seem to some readers,
are any more arbitrary than the official reality-model known as
consensus-reality, which is a statistical average and not nearly
consensual as it seems. Travel 100 miles in any direction, and the
consensus begins to crumble. Travel 1000 miles and very little consensus
is left...
"The peoples of the earth are
islands," said the late Clement Atlee, "shouting at each other over oceans
of misunderstanding." Each island is a separate reality-tunnel created by
(a) our culture, (b) our sub-culture and (c) by the myth-maker or
artist in each of us who is the adamantine individuality that makes
you and me unique human selves not replicable units like the ants in a
hive.
Robert Anton Wilson is the author
of Cosmic Trigger, Schro-dinger's Cat, Sex & Drugs and several
other books. Like Mr. Saxon and Mr. White, Wilson does not get reviewed in
the Liberal magazines that decide which authors are important, but he has
a wide readership among science-fiction fans, political Libertarians and
veterans of the Consciousness Revolution.
Wilson believes that life extension
techniques and intelligence raising drugs will be discovered in this
decade, and will be widely available by 2010. Less radical than Dr.
Silverstein, Wilson does not expect immortality to be achieved until the
middle of the next century—but he expects life-extension drugs will keep
him around until then.
Wilson expects most of humanity
will have migrated off Earth into space cities by 2028. He expects that
with higher intelligence and longer lives than past humanity, these
post-terrestrials will gradually become Superhuman by comparison with our
historical average.
Wilson believes that these are good
guesses based on scientific probabilities, but he does not think there are
any hard economic or karmic laws guaranteeing them. He recognizes
that this reality-tunnel was generated by his own brain, that he is the
artist who created it, and that it expresses his own hopes and
desires, as well as scientific probabilities. It is, he knows, the
reality-tunnel that keeps him happy, creative, busy and full of zest for
life. |
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
||
He doesn't think it is any
crazier than anybody else's reality-
tunnel, and he claims it is a lot more fun than any other. EXERCIZES
1 . Using the four circuit model,
try to guess which specific
imprints created Mr. Saxon's reality-tunnel. 2. Apply the same analysis to Mr.
White and Mr. Wilson.
3. Apply the same analysis to
Jesus, Hitler, Walt Whitman
and your own father and mother. 4. Write a criticism of this
chapter from the viewpoint of Christian Fundamentalism. |
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER SIXTEEN |
||
THE SNAFU PRINCIPLE |
||
...the peculiar nature of the
game...makes it impossible for [participants] to stop the game once it is
under way. Such situations we label games without
end.
— Watzlawick, Beavin,
Jackson, Pragmatics of Human Communication |
||
![]() |
||
239 |
||
COMMUNICATION IS ONLY POSSIBLE BETWEEN
EQUALS
DOMINANCE "HERRENMORAL" |
||
![]() |
||
This is second-circuit neuro-politics.
They shall come to know good.
— James Joyce, Finnegans Wake
|
||
|
||
240 |
||
Mammalian sociobiology, rooted in
the antique neural circuits of the old brain, contains many factors
opposing the evolution of domesticated primates into true freedom and
objective intelligence.
The chief of these "reactionary"
factors was described in my novel Illuminatus! as the Snafu
Principle or Celine's Law. It holds that communication is only possible
between equals.
This was an over-simplification for
fictional (satirical) purposes. More precisely, this proposed "law" would
read:
Adequate communication flows freely
between equals. Communication between non-equals is warped and distorted
by second-circuit Domination and Submission rituals perpetuating
communication jam and a Game Without End.
Political power, as a typical alpha
male once said, grows out of the barrel of a gun. This is metaphorically
as well as literally true. The "gun" may be symbolic and fairly abstract,
consisting of ritualized social expectations ("Don't talk back to your
father") or concrete in a non-violent but deadly way, e.g., the capacity
to remove bio-survival necessities by cutting off the ticket supply in a
Capitalist society ("One more word and I'll fire you,
Bumstead!").
Under the primate second-circuit
socio-biological rules, everybody tends to lie a little, to flatter or to
evade displeasure, when exchanging signals with those above them in the
pack-hierarchy.
Every authoritarian structure can
be visualized as a pyramid with an eye on the top. This is the typical
flow-chart of any government, any corporation, any Army, any bureaucracy,
any mammalian pack. On each rung, participants bear a burden of
nescience in relation to those above them. That is, they must be very,
very careful that the natural sensory activities of being conscious
organisms—the acts of seeing, hearing, smelling, drawing inferences from
perception, etc.—are in accord with the reality-tunnel of those above
them. This is absolutely vital; pack status (and "job security")
depends on it. It is much less important—a luxury that can easily be
discarded—that these perceptions be in accord with objective
fact.
For instance, in the FBI under J.
Edgar Hoover, the agent had to develop a capacity to see godless
communists everywhere. Any agent whose perceptions indicated that there
were actually
241 |
||
242 Prometheus Rising
very few godless communists in this
country at that time would experience cognitive dissonance—his or
her reality-tunnel was at variance with the "official" reality-tunnel of
the pyramid. To talk about such perceptions at all would be to invite
suspicions of eccentricity, intellectual wiseacreing or of being oneself a
godless communist.
The same would apply to a Dominican
inquisitor in the middle ages who lacked the capacity to "see" witches
everywhere. In such authoritarian situations, it is important to see what
the Top Dogs (alpha males) see; it is inconvenient, and possibly dangerous
to see what is objectively happening.
But this leads to an equal and
opposite burden of omniscience upon those at the top, in the eye of
the pyramid. All that is forbidden to those at the bottom—the conscious
activities of perception and evaluation—is demanded of the Power Elite,
the master class. They must attempt to do the seeing, hearing,
smelling, etc. and all the thinking and evaluating for the whole
pyramid.
But a man with a gun (the power to
punish) is told only what the target thinks will not cause him to pull the
trigger (write the pink slip, order the court-martial). The elite, with
their burden of omniscience, face the underlings, with their
burden of nescience, and receive only the feedback consistent with
their own preconceived notions and reality-tunnels. The burden of
omniscience becomes, over time, another and more complex burden of
nescience. Nobody really knows anything anymore, or if they do, they are
careful to hide the fact. The burden of nescience becomes omnipresent.
More and more of sensory experience becomes unspeakable.
As Paul Watzlawick notes, that
which is objectively repressed (unspeakable) soon becomes subjectively
repressed (unthinkable). Nobody likes to feel like a coward and a liar
constantly. It is easier to cease to notice where the official
tunnel-reality differs from existential fact. Thus SNAFU accelerates
and rigidi-tus bureaucraticus sets in—the last stage before all
brain activity ceases and the pyramid is clinically dead as an
intellectual entity.
We also propose that "national
security" is another semantic spook, an Empedoclean knot; that the search
for national security |
||
|
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
243 |
||
|
|||
is the chief cause of national
insecurity and a potent anti-intelli-
gence mechanism. As Leary writes: Secrecy is the original sin. Fig
leaf in the Garden of Eden. The basic crime against love... The purpose of
life is to receive, synthesize and transmit energy. Communication fusion
is the goal of life. Any star can tell you that. Communication is love.
Secrecy, withholding the signal, hoarding, hiding, covering up the light
is motivated by shame and fear.
As so often happens, the right wing
is half right for the wrong reasons. They say primly: if you have done
nothing wrong, you have no fear of being bugged. Exactly. But the logic
goes both ways. Then FBI files, CIA dossiers, White House conversations
should be open to all. Let everything hang open. Let government be totally
visible. The last, the very last people to hide their actions should be
the police and the government.
What my eminent colleague states so
poetically can be stated more functionally as follows:
Every secret police agency must be
monitored by an elite corps or secret-police-of-the-second-order. This is
because (a) infiltration of the secret police, for purposes of subversion,
will always be a prime goal of both internal subversives and hostile
foreign powers and (b) secret police agencies acquire fantastic capacities
to blackmail and intimidate others, in and out of government. Stalin
executed three chiefs of the secret police in a row because of this
danger. As Nixon so wistfully said in a Watergate
transcript,
Well, Hoover performed. He would
have fought. That was the point. He would have defied a few people. He
would have scared them to death. He had a file on everybody.
[Italics added.]
Thus, those who employ secret
police agencies must monitor them, to be sure they are not
acquiring too much power.
Here a sinister infinite regress
enters the game. Any elite second order police must be, also, subject to
infiltration, or to acquiring "too much power" in the opinion of its
masters. And so it, too, must be monitored, by a
secret-police-of-the-third-order. |
|||
|
|||
|
|||
244 |
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
|||
In brief, once a government has
n orders of secret police spying on each other, all are potentially
suspect, and to be safe, a secret police of order n plus 1 must be
created. And so on, forever.
In practice, of course, this cannot
regress to mathematical infinity, but only to the point where every
citizen is spying on every other citizen or until the funding runs
out.
National Security, in practice,
must always fall short of the logically Empedoclean infinite regress it
requires for perfect "security." In that gap between the ideal of "One
Nation under surveillance with wire taps and urine tests for all," and the
strictly limited real situation of finite resources and finite funding,
there is ample encouragement for paranoias of all sorts to flourish, both
among the citizens and among the police.
|
|||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
THE BURDEN OF
OMNISCIENCE
or: Why you can't reach the Court or the Castle in Kafka's allegories Thus, the USSR after 62 years of
Marxist secret police games reached the point where the alpha males were
terrified of painters and poets. |
|||
|
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
245 |
||
|
|||
In spying-and-hiding transactions,
worry leads to more worry and suspicion leads to more suspicion. The very
act of participating, however unwillingly, in the secret police game—even
as victim, or citizen being monitored—will eventually produce all the
classic symptoms of clinical paranoia.
The agent knows who he is spying
on, hut he never knows who is spying on him. Could it be his wife, his
mistress, his secretary, the newsboy, the Good Humor man?
If there is a secret police at all,
in any nation, every branch and department of government, and
institutions which are not even admitted to be parts of government,
becomes suspect in the eves of cautious and intelligent people as a
possible front for, or tunnel to, the secret police. That is, the more
shrewd will recognize that something bearing the label of HEW or even
International Silicon and Pencil might actually be the CIA or NSA in
disguise.
In such a deception network,
conspiracy theories proliferate. Rumor is necessary, it has been found,
when people cannot find "official" news sources that can be trusted to
tell them what is really going on. The present author, having worked in
the civil rights movement, the anti-war movement, the legalize-pot
movement and other dissident causes, has repeatedly been approached by
friend A with dire warnings that friend B is almost certainly a secret
police agent, only to be told later and independently by friend C that
friend A is a secret police agent. It requires delicate neurological
know-how to keep one's sense of humor in the secret police
matrix.
The more omnipresent the secret
police, the more likely it is that intelligent men and women will regard
the government with fear and loathing.
The government, on discovering
that growing numbers of citizens regard it with fear and loathing, will
increase the size and powers of the secret police, to protect
itself.
The infinite regress again
appears. |
|||
|
|||
|
|||
246 |
Prometheus Rising
|
||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
SUSPICION LEADS TO MORE
SUSPICION |
|||
|
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
247 |
||
|
|||
The only alternative was suggested
sarcastically by playwright Bertolt Brecht (who was hounded by U.S. secret
police as a communist and by East German secret police, later, as not
sufficiently communist). "If the government doesn't trust the people,"
Brecht asked innocently, "why doesn't it dissolve them and elect a new
people?" No way has yet been invented to elect a new people, so the
government will instead spy on the existing people with increased
vigor.
Every secret police organization is
engaged in both the collection of information and the production
of misinformation, euphemistically called "disinformation." That is,
you score points in the secret police game both by hoarding signals
(information units)—hiding facts from competitors—and by foisting false
signals (fake information units) on the other players. This creates the
situation I call Optimum SNAFU, in which every player has rational (not
neurotic) reasons for suspecting that each and all may be trying to
deceive him, gull him, con him, dupe him and generally misinform him. As
Henry Kissinger is alleged to have said, anybody in Washington who isn't
paranoid must be crazy.
Maybe the UFOs really exist
objectively—or maybe the whole UFO phenomenon is a cover for a secret
police disinformation ploy. Maybe there are Black Holes where space and
time implode—or maybe Black Holes were invented to befuddle Russian
scientists and send them into "little man who wasn't there" semantic
spookery. Maybe Jimmy Carter really exists—or maybe he is, as National
Lampoon once claimed, an actor named Sidney Goldfarb trained to
project an attractive down-home "image." Perhaps only three alpha males at
the top of the National Security pyramid really know the answers to these
questions—or perhaps these three are being deceived by certain
subordinates, as Lyndon Johnson was deceived about Vietnam by the
CIA.
Such is the neuro-sociological
"logic" of a Disinformation Matrix. It is, as Paul Watzlawik has
demonstrated, the logic of schizophrenia.
Less than ten years after the
secret police game was established here by the National Security Act of
1948, the books of Dr. Wilhelm Reich were burned in a New York incinerator
by government order. This was a shocking sight to some of us,
who |
|||
|
|||
248 Prometheus Rising
remembered that we had recently
fought a long war against Nazi Germany for, among other things, their
crime "against civilization" of burning books. Shortly thereafter, Dr.
William Ivy, former head of a department at Chicago Medical School, was
subjected to ten years of legal harassment for espousing a radical cancer
cure. More recently, Dr. Timothy Leary was sentenced to 38 years
imprisonment for espousing controversial ideas about neurotransmitter
chemicals and reimprinting the nervous system. Now there is a war on
against holistic physicians.
It does not matter whether any or
all of these "heretics" were right or wrong. Scientific truth is only
determined after a generation or more of research; it is not determined by
throwing the dissenters in prison or burning their books. The point is
that the secret police game immediately creates the social context for a
return to the mechanisms of the Holy Inquisition.
The intelligence of the whole
society—the communication networks through which information is received,
decoded and transmitted—is the first casualty.
"I feel great and I send fraternal
greetings to Dr. Andrei Sakharov in Russia," said Dr. Leary on emerging
from prison, registering the fact that the mechanisms of the police state
are the same everywhere, as are the myths that protect them. "Good
Russians" believed Dr. Sakharov was a half-crazed alcoholic, just as "Good
Americans" believed Dr. Leary was a half-crazed
dope-fiend.
I once proposed in a magazine
article that the UFO is caused by some unusual electromagnetic or
gravitational field fluctuation; and that this geophysical anomaly creates
(a) real energy disturbances—jumping furniture, electrical failures,
ball-lightning making odd lights in the sky, etc. and (b) disturbance in
the brain functioning of animals and humans in the afflicted area, causing
the well-documented animal panics and the rather obvious human
hallucinations occurring in such areas.
Statistical support for this
theory will be found in Persinger and Lafreniere who have run
computer-analyses of common patterns in 1,242 UFO cases and 4,818 other
"abnormal" reports —"poltergeists," "teleportations," "miracles" and
"mysteries" of all sorts. This data demonstrates that both UFOs and other
energy anomalies tend to cluster along earthquake faults
with |
||
Prometheus Rising 249
some peaking before earthquakes.
Persinger and Lafreniere also suggest that the geophysical forces at work
create both real oddities (jumping furniture, etc.) and hallucinations, so
that it is a job of nice and exquisite discrimination to attempt to find
out what was really going on.
It has also been proposed, by the
learned Dr. Jacques Vallee, astronomer, cyberneticist and physicist, that
the UFO phenomenon is being created by a secret police agency as an
elaborate "cover" for a complex disinformation system.
A combined
Wilson-Persinger-Lafreniere-Vallee theory, probably fitting more of the
data than the separate theories, would suggest that the UFO phenomenon is
the synergetic product of some geophysical oddity which created weird
energy fluctuations and brain-change experiences in humans on the scene,
and is being manipulated after the fact by one or more
"intelligence" agencies, or by groups even more esoteric.
Consider this
scenario:
Something weird happens. Assume
that it is the geophysical abnormality and brain-change trauma we posit,
but grant also that it might be the alien spaceship beloved by folk-myth.
The following events are equally likely, whatever the weirdity "really
was."
As soon as the witnesses start
talking, All Interested Parties converge on the area. Intelligence Agent
Moe comes to conceal evidence that it might have been a
spaceship—that is the policy of his agency, for their own reasons.
Intelligence Agent Joe also arrives to plant evidence that it was a
spaceship—that is the policy of his agency, since they are doing just what
Dr. Vallee suspects. (The British Double Cross Bureau, in World War II,
engaged in equally complex and absurdist dramas, seemingly totally
unrelated to their actual work, but serving as disinformation screens for
that work.) Philip Klass and other Skeptics arrive, too, trying to reduce
everything to "hallucination," even if eyes are burned, cars
wrecked, etc. The Space Freaks, who may or may not be infiltrated by
associates of Intelligence Agent Joe, are soon there, too, to get the
facts to fit their Benign Space Brothers reality-tunnel. Various
occultists are there, too, to fit it all into their own mythos of
angelology, demonology, etc. |
||
250 Prometheus Rising
What we are saying is that every
conspiracy regards itself as an affinity group—men and women who share the
same goals and work together well. When you and I do it, it is just an
affinity group. When that gang over there does it, it is a damnable
conspiracy.
True conspiracy does exist when a
group conceals evidence, spreads deliberate misinformation and coerces or
terrorizes witnesses. Any affinity group approaches such behavior to the
extent that members reinforce each other's participation in the group
reality-tunnel, especially concerning such crucial episte-mological
matters as what is important enough to notice and discuss as
against what is trivial and better ignored. How coercive do we have to be
to intimidate witnesses? Most people, as our Snafu Principle explains, are
easily led to reporting what an Authority Figure wants to
hear.
But let us consider the UFO
syndrome further, as illustrating the whole spectrum of brain-change, and
brain-programming.
UFO contactees frequently show
positive neurosomatic turn on, the bliss-out experience; some even
become faith-healers or leaders of occultist groups. Others show negative
neurosomatic effects—light is unbearable, 'as in schizophrenia, anxiety
attacks may require hospitalization, etc.
Meta-programming
consciousness (the ability to choose between alternative
reality-tunnels) is also reported, in crude metaphors about "parallel
universes," "other realities," occultish jargon.
Neurogenetic (Jungian
"collective unconscious") visions are common, ranging from demons, hairy
dwarfs etc. to the Space Goddess or Lady of the Stars of ancient and
Catholic iconography.
Even meta-physiological
(quantum-level) experience is reported in the UFO literature, ranging from
trans-time trips and "out-of-body experiences" to seeming, or alleged,
teleportations.
It must be emphasized most strongly
that both positive and negative visions on all these circuits are common
in UFOlogy. It seems that if the Programmers mean us well, they are
accidentally doing ill to many: and if they mean us ill, as Dr. Vallee
thinks, they are accidentally doing well to some of us. But this is true
of all brain-change technology. |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
251 |
||
|
|||
It seems that Vallee's monistic
conspiracy theory is inadequate, as monistic conspiracy theories are
inadequate in politics. It is more likely that the UFO experience, like
the other brain-change experiences we have studied, are sometimes
spontaneous and sometimes programmed; and that there are rival gangs of
programmers with radically different goals in mind for
humanity.
When Dr. Leary and I first
published a neurological analysis of the Patty Hearst case in OUI
magazine, the editors introduced it with a dramatic
headline:
The fight for Patty Hearst's mind
is the overture to a world-
wide battle for the control of consciousness. Not quite. The Hearst case would
more appropriately be considered a bar near the end of the second movement
of the Mind War symphony. The first movement was the primitive
neuro-science of ancient and medieval tyrants who acquired a great deal of
pragmatic know-how about the effects of isolation, terror and
intimidation; and of shamans and occultists who learned how
neuro-chemicals can alter perceived reality-tunnels. The second
movement began with modern psychology, with Freud, Pavlov, Jung,
Skinner etc., climaxing with the LSD revolution and the discovery by
millions that reality-tunnels could be radically mutated—temporarily and
sometimes permanently—by neuro-chemistry.
The third movement is the
growingly obvious warfare between those who would program all of us, and
those of us who wish to become our own Metaprogrammers.
EXERCIZES
1. Start collecting evidence that
your phone is bugged.
2. Everybody gets a letter
occasionally that is slightly damaged. Assume that somebody is opening
your mail and clumsily resealing it.
3. Look around for evidence that
your co-workers or neighbors think you're a bit queer and are planning to
have you committed to a mental hospital.
4. Try living a whole week with
the program, "Everybody likes me and tries to help me achieve all of my
goals." |
|||
|
|||
|
|||
252 |
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
|||
5. Try living a whole month with
the program, "I have chosen to be aware of this particular
reality."
6. Try living a day with the
program "I am God playing at being a human being. I created every reality
I notice." Assume that "GOD" is the answer to Da Free John's question,
"Who is the one who is living you now?"
7. Try living forever with the
metaprogram, "Everything works out more perfectly than I plan
it." |
|||
|
|||
|
||
CHAPTER SEVENTEEN |
||
QUANTUM EVOLUTION |
||
What is man? A bridge between the
ape and the Superman—a
bridge over an abyss. — F.W. Nietzsche, Thus Spake
Zarathustra
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
253 |
||
|
||
Another perspective on domesticated
primate evolution is provided by Alvin Toffler's The Third
Wave.
For convenience Toffler
reduces the muddle of human history into a model of three waves. It would
be more accurate to refer to these "waves" as quantum jumps in
energy-coherence level.
The First Wave, Toffler says, took
millennia to occur, but it finally transformed the larger part of
humanity from the tribal stage (simple hunting-gathering primates) to the
stage of large-scale agricultural-feudal civilizations.
The Second Wave came much faster
and, in a few centuries, transformed almost all of humanity from
feudal-agricultural cottage economy to industrial-urban-market
economy.
The Third Wave, Toffler says,
continues the trend toward acceleration and will happen in only a few
decades. We call it "the information explosion," "the post
industrial economy," etc.
Each wave is faster, by a factor of
10, than the previous wave. And each wave is more total in that it
changes more people, changes them more completely, and in the process
transforms our concept of human nature and human society.
Each wave that Toffler describes
can be considered a new quantum state, with energy levels and
reality-dimensions lacking in the previous state and totally unpredictable
from the previous state.
The First Wave mutated tribal men
and women into serfs (or into Lords and Ladies). It created a whole new
social manifold that is so subtle and pervasive that anthropologists and
sociologists can spend years studying its invisible aspects. And yet this
transformation is so enormous that it is also visible to the most
untrained eyes: you can't confuse a tribal human with a feudal human
anymore than you can confuse a dog with a donkey.
So, too, the Second Wave created
what Toffler wittily calls "indust-reality," manifesting as industrial men
and women who are visibly, tangibly, as different from feudal or tribal
humans as dolphins are from rose bushes or armadillos.
The Third Wave, which began when
Shannon and Wiener defined information and Von Neumann designed the
first programmable computer, is well under way already. Home computers
became as common as TV sets by the mid-1980s. Now the Net—computers
"talking to" computers—is doubling every four months. This transformation,
again, will be total: it will create a
255 |
||
256 Prometheus Rising
whole new "man," a new "woman," a
new "child," a new "self," new "society," a new concept of "work" and
"energy" and "reality," etc.
The average Man or Woman of 1997
will be as obsolete in 2007 as the medieval serf is now. What we
consider normal jobs, normal social roles; normal "humanity" will be as
archaic as a horde of alchemists, smithies, Town Criers, courtiers and
barber-surgeons arriving in our midst today.
Of course, Toffler does not claim
that the computer is the whole of the Third Wave, but merely that
it is the synecdoche or paradigm of what is happening. In this sense, the
factory was the synecdoche of the Second Wave. It was not merely the agent
by which "indust-reality" spread across the world and multiplied our
collective wealth (and illth); it also became the model for everything
else. Our schools are mini-factories or models of factories because their
main job was, when they were founded, to prepare people for factory work.
The schools, in fact, were necessary because, while feudalism does not
require literacy of the masses, industrialism does. Similarly, offices
were modeled on factories, and kept factory-hours, even when this had
little or nothing to do with how ,.the offices could most efficiently be
managed. And in general, "indust-reality," the reality of the industrial
age, moved everybody into the robot lockstep of the factory
system.l
"Indust-reality" is still so
pervasive that it is, as McLuhan noted, mostly invisible. For instance,
the feudal age never progressed beyond chamber music—trios, quartets etc.
The modern symphony, with its huge orchestra, its Promethean themes, its
god-like conductor ("capitalist"), its concert-master (foreman), its
string section moving in harmony with its brass section, etc. is a
beautiful artistic expression of modes of mass |
||
A free-lance writer can obviously
work any hours, but the very successful (and very excellent) John
D. MacDonald said in a recent interview that he always writes from nine to
five, because it seems "natural" to him. The factory time-clock has gotten
into Mac-Donald's neurons. The present author, after 20 years in
factory-like offices works any hours of the day or night when "the spirit"
moves him, but never starts at nine or stops at five, to avoid
relapsing into the habits of his past. |
||
Prometheus Rising 257
human organization appearing
usually in less beautiful forms in the factory assembly-line. (The factory
also demanded cities— massive concentrations of labor in one place—which
made the symphony economically possible. The aristocrat could not afford,
and/or could not conceive, keeping more than the very few musicians
necessary for chamber music.)
Beethoven's "cosmic optimism" not
only expresses the Age of Reason out of which indust-reality emerged; the
very orchestras he wrote for were paradigms of industrial styles of
organization.
Of course, industrialism (the
Second Wave) produced much illth along with its new wealth; and most of
the wealth was ex-tor appropriated by a minority. However much this may
pain socialists, it was inevitable in a domesticated primate species. A
few alpha males can always see their own advantage more clearly than the
majority can see their collective interest.
Nonetheless, as indust-reality has
spread, socialism has followed in its wake. Whether the reader likes this
or not (and the author, being up-front about his prejudices, admits that
he does not like it), this also is inevitable. When huge wealth is
palpably being created in vaster accumulations than ever before in
history, there is sure to be increased grumbling against the alpha males,
and more attempts to seize what they have selfishly ap- (or expropriated.
Even among baboons this pattern has been observed: the alpha male who is
too obnoxious gets beaten up by a coalition of younger males and thrown
out of the pack to forage alone.
Neither capitalist indust-reality
nor socialist indust-reality have been able to give humanity what most of
us really want: liberty and justice, freedom and the
abolition of poverty, continued growth and continued security. In
looking at capitalism vs. socialism, we are always confronted with a
dilemma, not a choice.
The Third Wave can, and will,
transcend this problem within industrialism. The Third Wave will be
neither capitalist nor socialist, nor some milkwater blend of the two. It
will demand a whole new economy, just as feudalism created an economy
unknown to tribal humanity and industrialism created the two competing
economies of capitalism and socialism, both |
||
Prometheus Rising |
||
unguessed and unpredictable from
the perspective of the feudal
stage. In 1977, Dr. Ilya Prigogine won
the Nobel prize in physical chemistry.
Perhaps he should have won a Nobel
prize for intelligent optimism.
Dr. Prigogine 's work deals with
the processes we have been discussing — the emergence of negative entropy
(coherent order) out of stochastic processes — but he has taken a giant
leap beyond the pioneering insights of Schrodinger, Weiner, Shannon and
Bateson.
Any organized system, according to
Prigogine, exists in dynamic tension between entropy and negentropy,
between chaos and information. The more complex the system, the greater is
its instability. Prigogine demonstrated this mathematically, but in
everyday terms, what he means is that, for instance, it is easier to lead
two children through a department store than twenty children. Or: A
toothpick "house" of 101 pieces is less stable than a smaller toothpick
"house" of 10 pieces.
Instability is not always bad: in
fact, it is absolutely necessary for evolution to occur. Inse'ct societies
are highly stable and have not evolved at all in several million years.
Human societies are highly unstable and are in continuous
evolution.
Prigogine demonstrates the
evolutionary value of instability by his concept of the " dissipative
structure. "
A dissipative structure is
highly complex and therefore highly unstable. The more complex it is, the
more unstable it is, mathematically, certain/v; and the more unstable, the
more likely it is to change — to evolve.
All dissipative structures are
teetering, perpetually, between self-destruction and re-organization
on a higher level of information (coherence).
If that sounds grim, it isn't
really. Prigogine's math is highly optimistic, He shows that the more
complex structures — such as our world-round human society today, midway
between Second Wave indust-reality and the emerging Third Wave — are
mathematically more likely, much more likely, to "dissipate" into
higher coherence than into self-destruction. |
||
Prometheus Rising 259
In other words, in the intellectual
conflict between Utopians and Dystopians, the mathematical odds actually
are on the side of Utopians. Our human world is so information-rich
(coherent) that it is almost certain to "collapse" into even higher
coherence, not into chaos and self-destruction.
Prigogine is the mathematical
demonstration of McLuhan's intuition that many seeming symptoms of
breakdown are actually harbingers of
breakthrough.
A note to confirmed pessimists:
Prigogine's analysis is based on probability-theory and, hence, is not
certain. Thus, if you have found these lyrical pages unduly
alarming, take comfort in the thought that, although human success is
highly probable, there is still a small chance that we can blow ourselves
up or that your favorite apocalyptic scenarios might still occur, despite
the general trend toward higher coherence and higher
intelligence.
Meanwhile, of course, even if
humanity seems condemned to overall success, you can still mess up your
personal life. Nothing in this book is an attempt to prevent the really
resolute misery-addicts from continuing their pursuit of frustration and
failure.
The latest cosmological evidence
indicates that our sun and its planets, including Earth, condensed out of
a cloud of galactic dust and gas about five or six billion years
ago.
It appears that the first forms of
unicellular life—the first dawnings of Circuit I bio-survival
"consciousness"—appeared about 3.4 billion years ago.
Vertebrates began to appear—with
Circuit II emotional-territorial consciousness—about 0.5 billion years ago
(500 million years ago).
The emergence of Circuit III human
intelligence—language and "thought"—seems to have begun about 100,000
years ago. The fully human domesticated primate, Homo Sapiens, with
Circuit IV "moral" consciousness may be about 30 thousand years old, or
even more recent. Circuits V-VIII have appeared within historical
times.
All of these figures are subject to
revision as science advances, but the rough proportions between them are
not likely to be changed much, and these proportions are
staggering.
As has often been pointed out, if
we condense this evolutionary scenario into a 24-hour day, beginning at
midnight, life itself |
||
|
|||
26o |
Prometheus Rising |
||
|
|||
does not appear until a little
before noon, and all of human history (from the grunting, club-wielding
ape men of Africa to Neil Armstrong setting foot on the moon) occurs in
the last half of the last second before midnight strikes again and
the day ends.
This model is misleading in that it
assumes the present is an "end," which is highly unlikely. Even without
Space Migration, the life span of earth's biosphere is expected to be
somewhere between 10 and 15 billion years more, before the Sun ceases to
support life here. Taking the Sun's expected life span of about 20 billion
years as our model to be mapped onto a single day, we find that it's now
around eight in the morning. Life has been mostly unconscious until
now—operating on auto-pilot, as it were—but in the last million years (the
last few seconds on this model) signs of consciousness and Awakening are
beginning to appear.
"The universe is so constructed as
to be able to see itself," Spencer Brown once noted. The emergence of the
neurosomatic, neurogenetic and meta-programming circuits is the universe's
way of "seeing itself ever more clearly and totally, to decide where it is
going.
Dr. Isaac Asimov notes1
in his Genetic Code that there seems to be a 60-year cycle between
the first understanding of a new scientific principle and the
transformation of the world by that principle.
For instance, Oersted discovered
electromagnetic equivalence—the fact that electricity can be converted to
magnetism, and magnetism to electricity—in 1820. Sixty years later, in
1880, electrical generators were in wide use and the Industrial Revolution
had peaked; the telegraph and telephone were already invented, and our age
of Mass Communication was dawning.
Similarly, in 1883, Thomas Edison
first noted the so-called "Edison effect"—the key to electronic, as
distinct from electrical, engineering. 60 years later, in 1943, electronic
technology was appearing everywhere; its primitive form in the
entertainment sphere, radio, had enjoyed a 20-year triumph and was about
to be phased out by television.
In 1896, Becquerel noted the
radioactivity of uranium. Sixty years later, two cities had been destroyed
by atomic bombs and |
|||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising 261
nuclear plants were beginning to be
built. (This was a contribution to illth, not wealth.)
In 1903, the Wright Brothers got
their monoplane off the ground for a few minutes. Sixty years later, in
1963, jetliners carrying over 100 passengers were normal.
Assuming, gambling, guesstimating
that this 60-year cycle is normal, we can predict:
Shannon and Weiner created the
mathematical foundations of cybernetics in 1948. Sixty years later, in
2008, cybernetization of the world, as complete as the electrification of
the 19th Century, will have jumped us to a new energy-level, a new social
reality, as Toffler predicts.
Hoffman discovered LSD and the
chemical control of consciousness in 1943. Sixty years later, in 2003,
every alteration in consciousness imaginable will be possible by ingesting
the proper chemicals.
McKay had the first success in
expanding life-span of laboratory rats in 1938. Sixty years later, in
1998, longevity pills may be routinely available in all
drugstores.
DNA was identified in 1944. Sixty
years later, in 2004, every type of genetic engineering should be as
routine as electronic engineering is today.
The latest attempt to estimate
the rate of information acceleration—the manifestation of coherence—was
made by French economist Georges Anderla for the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (OECD) in 1973.
Anderla arbitrarily assumed that
all the bits of information possessed by humanity at the beginning of the
Christian Era (1 AD) could be considered his unit of measurement. He made
that information pool one unit in our fund of knowledge.
It took until 1500 AD, Anderla
discovered, for the accumulation of bits of information to add up to two
units in our "fund."
It required only 250 years more
(to 1750) for our bank of knowledge to double again, to four
units.
The next doubling took 150 years
and by 1900 humanity had 8 units in its information capital
account.
The next doubling took only 50
years and by 1950 we had 16 units. |
||
262 Prometheus Rising |
||
The next doubling took only 10
years and by 1960 we had 32 units.
The next doubling took seven years
and by 1967 we had 64 units. (This was coincidentally the height of the
first Youth Revolution, when reality maps began breaking down
everywhere on the planet and wild new maps were hurtling at us from all
directions.)
|
||
![]() |
||
In the next six year period
(1967-1973), our intellectual bank account again doubled, to 128 units. At
this point, Anderla completed his study.
Dr. Alvin Silverstein has
estimated that, if Anderla's graph is projected ahead seventy years human
knowledge should increase a million/old. That is, we should have
128,000,000 times more knowledge than we had in the year of Jesus'
birth. |
||
Prometheus Rising 263
Longevity drugs will probably
arrive in time for you to live through the biggest evolutionary quantum
jump of all.
It is only reasonable to assume
that the higher circuits of the nervous system—neurosomatic holistic
awareness, neurogenetic evolutionary vision, meta-programming
flexibility—are developing to allow us to cope with this deluge of higher
information and potential higher coherence.
Toffler's Third Wave is only the
sociological aspect of a mutation that is also biological and
"spiritual."
We are going to live a lot longer
than we have expected, and we are going to get a lot
smarter.
A whole new reality will emerge
from those mutations.
EXERCIZES
1. Make a list of ten areas in
which your thinking-feeling is conservative. Guess how soon the world will
change so totally that those ideas will seem not merely conservative but
irrelevant (as the theological debates of 300 AD now seem
irrelevant).
2. Make a list of ten areas in
which your conceptualizing is radical. Guess how soon the world will
change so totally that you will seem conservative in those
areas.
3. Accept the longevity hypothesis.
Imagine you are going to live at least 300 years. How much of that time do
you want to spend loafing? How many different jobs would you like to work
at? How many sports, arts or sciences you never had time for, would you
then find the time to enjoy? |
||
|
||
|
||
CHAPTER EIGHTEEN
THE NON-LOCAL QUANTUM CIRCUIT |
||
|
||
The ways of the Creator are not our
ways, Mr. Deasy said. All
history moves toward one great goal, the manifestation of God. — James Joyce,
Ulysses
|
||
|
||
![]() |
||
|
||
265 |
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
A domesticated primate philosopher
on an oxygen-supported carbon based planet circling a Type G star—namely,
the present author—was once asked, "How do we think?"
"Well, we have a built-in
bio-survival circuit which distinguishes nourishment-giving Things from
predatory Things..."
"But can that circuit do all
our thinking?"
"Well, no, but then there's an
emotional-territorial circuit..."
"But, but, but—"
"It's circuits-circuits-circuits
all the way," I said.
What the Thinker thinks, the
Prover proves.
We have made a beautiful (we hope
beautiful) model of consciousness in terms of brain hardware and software.
Now we need to remember again that, while the brain can be modeled by a
computer, the model is never the whole system. The model-maker or
metaprogrammer is bigger than the model or program.
In what are called "out of body
experiences" (OOBEs) by parapsychologists, awareness seems to
escape the confines of the nervous system entirely.
Such experiences are routinely
triggered by advanced yoga practice, and they also occur spontaneously
during what is called "near-death" or "clinical death" in which the
patient appears to die, by all medical standards, but is revived by modern
resuscitation techniques.
OOBEs also occur with heavy does of
LSD and with keta-mine, an anesthetic with strange psychedelic
side-effects. They are also reported in shamanic traditions all over the
world and by many "occultists" in our own society.
Example: One day in 1973, during a
neuro-programming experiment, I "saw" something happening to my son at
exactly that time in Arizona, over 500 miles away.
We can process this datum in
various ways. We can say that my "astral body" actually traveled to
Arizona; this is the occultist theory. We can more conservatively say that
I developed extrasensory perception and "saw" Arizona without "going"
there; there are many parapsychologists who prefer this third-circuit map
of the Sth-Circuit experience. We can try to aver that I only "happened"
to think of that scene while it was happening, by synchronicity;
this is the Jungian approach. Or we can sweep it under the carpet by
muttering "mere coincidence" or "sheer coincidence;" which is the
traditional Rationalist approach.
267 |
||
|
||
268 Prometheus Rising
We prefer to say, in accord with
earlier writings of Timothy Leary and the present author and the
speculations of the Physics/ Consciousness Research Group in San Francisco
that such cases illustrate a special working of what is called in quantum
mechanics Bell's Theorem.
Bell's Theorem is highly technical,
but in ordinary language it amounts to something like this: There are no
isolated systems: every particle in the universe is in "instantaneous"
(faster-than-light) communication with every other particle. The Whole
System, even the parts that are separated by cosmic distances,
functions as a Whole System.
Now, such faster-than-light
communication seems to be forbidden by Special Relativity, which makes a
problem. Bell's Theorem, however, is inescapable: a theorem in physics is
not a mere "theory"; it is a mathematical demonstration which must be
true, if the mathematics contains no flaw, and if the experiments on
which it is based are replicable. Bell's Theorem contains no mathematical
flaw, and the experiments are replicable and have been replicated several
times.
And yet we cannot dispense with
Special Relativity either, because the mathematics there is equally
flawless and the experiments are legion that confirm it.
Two solutions have been proposed
and both assume that the "communication" involved in Bellian transmissions
does not involve energy, since it is energy that cannot move faster
than light. Dr. Edward Harris Walker suggests that what does move faster
than light, and holds the Whole System together, is "consciousness." We
may eventually be forced to accept this, in which case physics will have
justified pantheism or at least pan-psychism. The other alternative,
proposed by Dr. Jack Sarfatti, is that the medium of Bellian transmissions
is information.
Pure information, in the
mathematical sense, does not require energy; it is that which orders
energy. It is the negative of entropy, that which brings disorder
to energy systems.
Dr. Sarfatti explains his theory as
follows:
Imagine that your brain is a
computer, as modern neurology suggests. Now imagine that the whole
universe is a big computer, a mega-computer, as John Lilly has
proposed. Then imagine that the sub-quantum realm, the realm of what
Dr. |
||
Prometheus Rising 269
David Bohm calls 'hidden variables'
is made up of mini-minicomputers. Now, the hardware of each
'computer'—the universe, your brain, the sub-quantum mechanisms—is
localized. Each part of it is somewhere in spacetime, here not
there, now not then. But the software—the information—is
non-local. It is here, there and everywhere; now, then and
everywhen.
The highest varieties of shamanic
and yogic consciousness seem to begin from dilation beyond the immediate
("out-of-body-experience") and dilate, rapidly and dizzily, much further,
to union with the smallest and the largest—the "Cosmic Mind" in short.
This seems to be what would necessarily happen if the brain turned on to
the non-local information system proposed by Sarfatti and implicit in
Bell's Theorem.
The meta-physiological circuit,
then, is this cosmic Information System. The synchronicities of circuits V
to VII are just the dawning notes of the symphony of all inter-related
harmonies revealed to those who have experienced Circuit VIII in action.
It is hard to avoid hyperbole when talking of such matters, but everything
one can associate with the idea of Oneness With God—or Oneness with
"Everything"—is part of what is experienced in the vistas, beyond
space-time, of this meta-physiological circuit.
Mystics stammer, gibber and rave
incoherently in trying to discuss this. Beethoven says it for all of them,
without words, in the fourth movement of the Ninth Symphony. The words of
Schiller's "Ode to Joy," which Beethoven set to this virtually superhuman
music, are a linear third-circuit map conveying only a skeleton key to the
multi-level meanings of the 8-circuit "language" of the melodic
construction itself, which spans all consciousness from primitive
bio-survival to meta-physiological cosmic
fusion. |
||
|
||
|
|||
2 JO |
Prometheus Rising
|
||
|
|||
![]() |
|||
|
|||
THE WHOLE SYSTEM IS A WHOLE
SYSTEM |
|||
|
|||
THE METAPHYSIOLOGICAL CIRCUIT
Wheels within wheels
within'wheels... Dr. Sarfatti's computers within computers within computers... Consciousness or information perceived as coherent Intelligence expanding to infinity in all directions. |
|||
|
|||
|
||
CHAPTER NINETEEN |
||
PROMETHEUS RISING |
||
We are extending ourselves in Space
and Time not because of capitalism or socialism but in spite
o/them. The Right/Left Capitalist/ Socialist establishments are
psychologically unprepared for our emerging situation in Time and
Space.
— P.M. Esfandiary,
Upwingers
|
||
![]() |
||
271 |
||
|
||
|
||
According to Patanjali, there are
seven "limbs" to yoga, or as we
would say seven steps or stages. First is asana, which
consists of holding a single posture (usually sitting) for prolonged
periods of time. This is an attempt, in our terminology, to stabilize the
bio-survival circuit by drowning it in monotony. You sit, and sit, and
sit, and sit. Eventually, an "internal peace" is reached, which signifies
the atrophying of all background levels of "unconscious" or unnoticed
bio-survival anxiety.
In other schools, since asana
is so monotonous and slow-working and because war (second-circuit
mammalian struggles over territory) so common among domesticated primates,
an alternative method of stabilizing the bio-survival circuit is used:
martial arts. Akido, judo, karate etc. all emerged from yoga-like mystic
schools, as bio-survival reprogrammers.
The second step in classical yoga,
according to Patanjali, is pranayama. We have already commented on
the efficiency of this breathing technique in quieting and mellowing-out
second-circuit emotional programs.
(It will already be seen that yoga,
like brainwashing, begins from the bottom up, working on the more
primitive and older circuits first.)
The third step in yoga is
dharana or mantra. Dharana consists of concentrating on a single
image, such as a vividly imagined red triangle, and ruthlessly pushing
aside any other images, verbalizations or impressions that cross the
mind's screen. In practice, this is beyond the powers of most students, so
the majority of yoga teachers substitute mantra, which is
concentration (by repetition) on a single sentence, usually nonsensical,
such as "Hare Krishna Hare Krishna Krishna Krishna Hare Hare" or "Aum Tat
Sat Aum" or whatever.
Either practice, dharana or
mantra, stops the third-circuit "internal monologue," if persisted
in for long enough periods each day.
The Western mystical equivalent is
Cabala, the most complicated "Jewish joke" ever invented. Briefly, Cabala
exhausts the third, semantic circuit by setting it to solve intractable
numero-logical and verbal problems. The Far Eastern equivalent is the Zen
Koan, which serves the same function in a less maniacally
systematic way than Cabala, e.g., "What is the sound of one
hand
273 |
||
2J4 Prometheus Rising
clapping?" Zen koans are always
combined with zazen (sitting Zen), which combines the
first-circuit-clearing asana with second-circuit-mellowing
breath-counting (a weaker pranayama).
When the student has acquired
sufficient detachment from first-circuit anxieties, second-circuit
emotions and third-circuit reality-maps, by way of asana, pranayama
and dharana or mantra, Patanjali recommends the practice
of yama. This includes, but is not limited to, celibacy. The
ultimate of yama is to lose all interest in both the social and
sexual aspects of the fourth circuit; to cease to care at all about
family, tribal or societal matters. This is accomplished by self-denial,
which is easier for those skilled in asana, pranayama and
dharana, but still requires intense determination.
Some take a short-cut at this
point, discovered after Patanjali or not known to him, by having
themselves locked up in caves. Such isolation, as indicated earlier, helps
vastly in bleaching out all four hominid circuits.
An alternative, for those not
attracted to either celibacy or becoming hermits, is Tantra,
invented in northern India around the time of Patanjali. This simply
transmutes the fourth circuit by ceremonial, physiological arid "magick"
(self-hypnotic) explosion of the (prolonged) sexual act into fifth-circuit
neurosomatic rapture.
For those following the orthodox
path of Patanjali, the fifth circuit is imprinted by niyama, which
signifies "super-control" or "no-control," being the paradoxical state of
being spontaneous deliberately. You cannot be taught niyama; you
can only learn it by personal experience. We hypothesize that the
bio-energies have to discharge somewhere, and then when one has driven
them out of the first circuit by asana, out of the second circuit
by pranayama, out of the third circuit by dharana or
mantra, and out of the fourth circuit by yama, they are
driven explosively upward into fifth-circuit neurosomatic
illumination.
The sixth step in yoga, according
to Patanjali, is dhyana, which means "meditation" only in the
roughest way. Dhyana means actually union with the object on the
mind's screen, i.e., realization of the total meaning of the proposition
that mind and its contents are functionally identical, i.e.,
opening the meta-programming circuit. One can make dhyana on
anything; yogis |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
275 |
||
|
|||
talk of making dhyana on a
tree or a dog, just as don Juan Matus, the Mexican shaman, talks of
becoming one with a coyote or a star in the books of
Castaneda.
The seventh step in yoga is
Samadhi, from sam, (union; cognate of Greek syn) and
Adhis, the Lord (cognate, Hebrew Adonai, Greek Adonis).
Here Patanjali and his successors are in violent dispute, some
claiming there is only one Samadhi, others claiming two or three or
many. Since this corresponds with the opening and imprinting of the
neurogenetic circuit, we must opt for the opinion that there are many
Samadhi, depending on which or how many of the Godly archetypes of
the genetic archives are imprinted. Catholic mystics make Samadhi
on the Virgin, Sufis on Allah, Aleister Crowley on Pan, etc.; and,
above all this, the eighth circuit cosmic information network can also be
imprinted, making union not just with all sentient beings and some
emblematic archetype of the DNA master program, but with the inorganic
universe as well. It was from this second order or meta-physiological
Samadhi that Gandhi said, "God is in the rock, too—in the rock!"
and pantheists of all sorts, in all traditions, emphatically agree
with Canadian psychiatrist, R.M. Bucke who said after his own
Eighth-Circuit Samadhi that the universe "is not a dead machine but a
living presence."
This planet is, to put the matter
baldly, populated and largely controlled by domesticated primates who are
not in all respects reasonable men and women. Voltaire may have been
exaggerating when he said that to understand the mathematical meaning of
infinity, consider the extent of human stupidity; but the situation is
almost that bad. Millions have been murdered by stupid leaders or stupid
mobs, for stupid reasons, in every century; and the bizarre (accidentally
imprinted) reality-tunnels which make this possible continue to rule us
and robotize us.
Nor is stupidity the exclusive
possession of one group or another; you do not need a "vocation" for it as
you do for the priesthood. It seems to be a contagious socio-semantic
disturbance which afflicts all of us at one time or another. Notorious
examples can be found in the lives of the great. As we have already
mentioned an exact measurement of the extent of stupidity among the
learned is provided by the fact that every scientific revolution takes one
generation. Elderly scientists hardly ever |
|||
|
|||
2j6 Prometheus Rising
accept a new theory, however good
it is, and the revolution is only completed when a second generation, free
of the old imprints, with vulnerable neurons, imprints the new
reality-map.
But if science, the paradigm of
rationality, is infested with enough stupidity to cause this general
one-generation time-lag, what can we say of politics, economics and
religion? Time-lags of thousands of years seem to be "normal" in these
areas. Indeed, it was through contemplation of religious history that
Voltaire was led to his conclusion that human stupidity approximates to
the infinite. The study of politics is hardly more inspiring. Let us just
summarize the matter by saying that stupidity has murdered and imprisoned
more geniuses (and more ordinary people), burned more books, slaughtered
more populations, and blocked progress more effectively than any other
force in history.
It may be no exaggeration to say
that stupidity has killed more people than all the diseases known to
medicine and psychiatry.
Intelligence is the capacity to
receive, decode and transmit information efficiently. Stupidity is
blockage of this process at any point. Bigotry, ideologies etc. block the
ability to receive; robotic reality-tunnels block the ability to decode or
integrate new signals; censorship blocks transmission.
If intelligence could be increased,
obviously solutions could be found more quickly to the various Doomsday
scenarios threatening us.
If each scientist working on the
energy-resources problem could double or triple his or her intelligence,
work that would require 20 years might be done in six.
If human stupidity in general
decreased, there would be less opposition to original thinking and new
approaches to our old problems, less censorship and less
bigotry.
If stupidity decreased, less money
would be wasted on vast organized imbecilities such as the Arms Race, and
more would be available for life enhancing projects.
There is nothing rationally
desirable that cannot be achieved sooner if rationality itself increases.
This is virtually a tautology, but we must consider the
corollary:
Work to achieve Intelligence
Intensification is work to achieve all our other sane and
worthwhile goals. |
||
|
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
277 |
||
|
|||
Maurice Nicholl, physician,
psychiatrist, student of Jung, Gurdjieff and Esoteric Christianity, wrote
that "the only purpose in work on consciousness is to decrease the amount
of violence in the world." This is Public Health Problem Number One in the
nuclear age, the age of overkill.
We are not talking about mere
increase in linear IQ—third-circuit semantic cleverness. We are talking of
also the kinds of right-brain intelligence that Nicholl acquired from
Jungian neurogenetic research and Gurdjieff's meta-programming techniques.
We are talking of, say, Beethoven's intelligence, which so disturbed
Lenin, who could not bear to listen to the Appassionato (Sonata 23)
because it made him "want to weep and pat people on the head, and we
mustn't pat them on the head, we must hit them on the head, hit them hard,
and make them obey." More of Beethoven's intelligence is needed,
desperately, to create a signal that the current Lenins cannot ignore,
that will make them weep, and stop hitting heads.
We need more mentations, less
munitions. The second-circuit mammalian political games are a million
years obsolete.
Dr. Nathan Kline has predicted that
soon we will have drugs to improve memory, drugs to erase unpleasant
memories, drugs to increase or decrease any emotion, drugs to prolong or
shorten childhood, etc. It takes no great imagination to foresee that such
chemicals will allow us greater control over our neural tunnel-realities
than ever before. Obviously, people will use and abuse these
potions in many ways, but the most intelligent will use them in the
most intelligent way, namely to increase and intensify their
intelligence in every direction possible on our spectrum of eight
circuits. Chiefly, they will use them to increase neurological freedom, to
debug and reprogram obsolete reality-maps, to generally expand
consciousness and sensitivity to signals and information.
The potential for a neurological
revolution—planetary Intelligence Intensification—should be quite clear to
anyone who has even a slight knowledge of so primitive a psychedelic as
LSD. One of the least known facts about the LSD research in the 1960s was
that the longest single research project with LSD, at Spring Grove
Hospital, Maryland, showed an average 10% increase in linear IQ alone as
well as the meta-programming |
|||
|
|||
2j8 Prometheus Rising
vistas and neurogenetic awakenings
popularized by the outlaw LSD culture and its gurus.
And there is a direct feedback loop
between neuro-pharma-cology and other brain sciences. As William Burroughs
says, "Anything that can be done chemically can be done by other means."
Yoga plus bio-feedback produces detachment from old imprints quicker than
yoga alone; hypnotism and mind-drugs produce synergistically more than
either produces without the other; John Lilly has duplicated LSD effects
in his isolation tanks; etc.
It is commonplace for alarmists to
warn us that the full armory of synergistically interacting neurosciences
now evolving will allow unscrupulous tyrants to brainwash us more totally
than ever before.
We need to realize that the same
technology, wisely used by intelligent men and women, can free us from
every form of neurotic and irrational rigidity, to dial and focus our
nervous systems as easily as we dial or focus our TV, turning any channel
or circuit off and on as we choose. This is what meta-program-ming
(cybernetic) consciousness means.
Why be depressed when you can be
happy, dumb when you can be smart, agitated when you can be tranquil?
Obviously, most people are depressed, dumb and agitated most of the time
because they lack the tools to repair and correct damaged,
defective circuits in their nervous system. We are acquiring the tools,
and this Intelligence Intensification has the Pleasure Principle to fuel
it. That is, the more internal freedom you achieve, the more you want. It
is more fun to be happy than sad, more enjoyable to choose your emotions
than to have them inflicted upon you by mechanical glandular processes,
more pleasurable to solve your problems than to be stuck with them
forever.
In brief, Intelligence
Intensification means intelligence-study-ing-intelligence (I2),
and the first thing discovered by intelli-gence-studying-intelligence (the
brain studying the brain: meta-programming) is that the more types of
intelligence you have, the more fun it is to try to develop even more
subtle, sensitive, futique levels of awareness; higher intelligence
still.
In summary, Intelligence
Intensification is desirable, because there is not a single problem
confronting humanity that is not |
||
Prometheus Rising 279
either caused or considerably
worsened by the prevailing stupidity (insensitivity) of the species: badly
wired robots bumping into and maiming and killing each
other.
Intelligence Intensification is
attainable, because modern advances in neuroscience are showing us how to
alter any imprinted, conditioned or learned reflex that previously
restricted us.
Intelligence Intensification is
hedonic, because the more freedom and consciousness you achieve, the more
you want; the less willing you are to slip back to dumb, blind,
mechanistic circuits.
Intelligence Intensification can
accelerate our progress toward abolition of war and poverty; find cures
for cancer and schizophrenia; achieve space migration and life extension
(giving us space enough and time enough to achieve even more cosmic levels
of awareness); or accomplish any other worthwhile goals.
Like death and poverty, stupidity
has been around so long that people cannot imagine human life without it,
but it is rapidly becoming obsolete. However many special interest groups
(intelligence agencies so-called, advertisers, tyrants, clergy, etc.) may
profit from stupidity, humanity as a whole will profit more for its
abolition.
Approximately 50% of the human race
has not evolved fully into the third circuit yet. That is, although they
can exchange primitive signals and handle primitive artifacts, they are
still mostly operating on the mammalian emotional circuit and the
pre-mammalian bio-survival circuit.
Newt Gingrich is their current
leader in the United States. Third-circuit types cannot understand this
and regard it as sinister, but it is simple mammalian herd-behavior.
Gingrich is the typical primate leader; the noises he makes, which appear
meaningless to the third circuit Rationalist, are urgently meaningful to
the territorial-emotional-patriotic minds of the majority of
primates.
Another 20% are "responsible,
intelligent adults" with fully developed third and fourth circuits. They
spend most of their time worrying, because the predominantly
primate parameters of human society seem absurd, immoral and increasingly
dangerous to them. |
||
|
||
280 Prometheus Rising
Another 20% are neurosomatic
adepts. Fourth-circuit Moralists denounce them as "mystics," "space
cases," "nuts," "the Me generation," "irresponsible hedonists,"
etc.
Most of the fifth-circuit adepts
(aquarian conspirators) have learned Joyce's arts of "silence, exile,
cunning": they are invisible. Others have turned their talents to
"faith-healing" or various occult gimmicks of that sort, and very
carefully do not tell their clients that the local ideology, morality and
reality-tunnel is what made them ill in the first place. They give "good
energy" and sensibly avoid conflict with the moral ideological
"authorities."
Another 5% have neurogenetic
consciousness, and function as Evolutionary Agents—servants of the Life
Force, in Shaw's terminology. Their "God" is Pan (life), and their goal is
immortality.
Another 3% have mastered the
meta-programming circuit and make up what Gurdjieff called "the Conscious
Circle of humanity." They are Free Masons, in the original meaning
of that debased term: co-creators of future realities.
Only 2% are neuro-quantum adepts
and beyond space-time categories entirely.
All these estimates are
approximations.
The newer circuits (neurosomatic
bliss, neurogenetic "Atman" consciousness, meta-programming reality-games,
non-local "cosmic" awareness) must have some
function.
We can only assume they are
preparing us for our new situation in space-time, after Space
colonization, after longevity and immortality, after the Acceleration
Factor accelerates even faster.
Engineers rate an engine in
revolutions-per-second. Looking at human history in terms of this metaphor
we clearly see that:
In the Old Stone Age, the
acceleration factor was just slowly beginning to operate. We could
estimate change then in, perhaps, revolutions per 10,000
years.
With the neolithic revolution and
urbanization soon after, the pace began to pick up. We can speak from that
point on in terms of revolutions-per-millennium.
After Galileo,
revolutions-per-century became the normal rate of change.
In this century we have moved into
revolutions-per-genera-tion. |
||
|
|||
Prometheus Rising |
281 |
||
|
|||
We are now obviously moving into an
acceleration of revolu-tions-per-decade.
By the time the Consciousness
Revolution peaks, the Longevity Pill is widely available, cloning is
normal and all the ideas in the book, including the most wild and radical
ones, seem quaint and old-fashioned—i.e., about 2005—we will probably be
growing accustomed to thinking in terms of
revolutions-per-year.
There is no reason to accept the
tunnel-reality of this book as final. If you really understand the
message, you will invent a bigger and better Future than I have suggested.
As Barbara Marx Hubbard says: |
|||
|
|||
THE FUTURE EXISTS
FIRST IN IMAGINATION, THEN IN WILL, THEN IN REALITY |
|||
|
|||
|
||
|
||
APPENDIX |
||
![]() |
||
The neurogenetic script, cyclical aspect:
1. The helpless infant (Circuit
I).
2. The walking-struggling-competing
child (Circuit II).
3. The word-and-tool-using older
child (Circuit III).
4. Imprinting-conditioning the
sexual circuit (IV) into
domesticated parenthood. 5. Reproduction and.. .the cycle
continues...
"...their weatherings and their
marryings and their buryings
and their natural selections... — James Joyce, Finnegans
Wake |
||
283 |
||
|
||
284 Prometheus Rising |
||
![]() |
||
The neurogenetic script, upward-spiraling
aspect:
1. Primitive organisms;
recapitulated in infancy.
2. Vertebrate struggle,
recapitulated in childhood.
3. Semantic-technological learning,
recapitulated in school.
4. Socio-sexual
domesticity.
5. Neurosomatic rapture,
pre-capitulating zero-gravity and Space
Migration. 6. Neurogenetic vision,
pre-capitulating Longevity-Immortality.
7. Meta-programming skill,
pre-capitulating Intelligence
Intensification. 8. Meta-physiological cosmic
vision, pre-capitulating... WHAT? |
||
|
||